1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; // used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 116 * loop. */ 117 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 118 119 /* 120 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 121 */ 122 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 123 124 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 125 static void win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum); 126 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int draw_margin, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 127 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 128 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 129 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 130 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 131 #endif 132 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange, int number_only); 133 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 135 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 136 #endif 137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 138 static void start_search_hl(void); 139 static void end_search_hl(void); 140 #endif 141 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 142 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 143 static void screenclear2(void); 144 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr); 145 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 146 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del, int clear_attr); 147 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 148 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 149 static void recording_mode(int attr); 150 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 151 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 152 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 153 static void redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp); 154 #endif 155 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 156 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 157 #endif 158 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 159 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum); 160 #endif 161 162 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 163 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 164 165 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 166 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 167 #else 168 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 169 #endif 170 171 // flags for screen_line() 172 #define SLF_RIGHTLEFT 1 173 #define SLF_POPUP 2 174 175 /* 176 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 177 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 178 * E.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 179 */ 180 void 181 redraw_later(int type) 182 { 183 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 184 } 185 186 void 187 redraw_win_later( 188 win_T *wp, 189 int type) 190 { 191 if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) 192 { 193 wp->w_redr_type = type; 194 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 195 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 196 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 197 must_redraw = type; 198 } 199 } 200 201 /* 202 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 203 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 204 */ 205 void 206 redraw_later_clear(void) 207 { 208 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 209 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 210 if (gui.in_use) 211 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 212 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 213 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 214 else 215 #endif 216 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 217 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE | HL_STRIKETHROUGH; 218 } 219 220 /* 221 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 222 */ 223 void 224 redraw_all_later(int type) 225 { 226 win_T *wp; 227 228 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 229 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 230 // This may be needed when switching tabs. 231 if (must_redraw < type) 232 must_redraw = type; 233 } 234 235 /* 236 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 237 */ 238 void 239 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 240 { 241 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 242 } 243 244 void 245 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 246 { 247 win_T *wp; 248 249 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 250 { 251 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 252 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 253 } 254 } 255 256 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 257 void 258 redraw_buf_line_later(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 259 { 260 win_T *wp; 261 262 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 263 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 264 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 265 redrawWinline(wp, lnum); 266 } 267 #endif 268 269 #if defined(FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL) || defined(PROTO) 270 void 271 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 272 { 273 win_T *wp; 274 275 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 276 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 277 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 278 * would disappear. */ 279 return; 280 #endif 281 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 282 { 283 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 284 { 285 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 286 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 #endif 291 292 #if defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE) || defined(PROTO) 293 /* 294 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 295 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 296 * Return a code indicating what happened. 297 */ 298 int 299 redraw_asap(int type) 300 { 301 int rows; 302 int cols = screen_Columns; 303 int r; 304 int ret = 0; 305 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 306 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 307 int i; 308 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 309 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 310 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 311 312 redraw_later(type); 313 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 314 return ret; 315 316 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 317 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 318 screenline = LALLOC_MULT(schar_T, rows * cols); 319 screenattr = LALLOC_MULT(sattr_T, rows * cols); 320 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 321 ret = 2; 322 if (enc_utf8) 323 { 324 screenlineUC = LALLOC_MULT(u8char_T, rows * cols); 325 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 326 ret = 2; 327 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 328 { 329 screenlineC[i] = LALLOC_MULT(u8char_T, rows * cols); 330 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 331 ret = 2; 332 } 333 } 334 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 335 { 336 screenline2 = LALLOC_MULT(schar_T, rows * cols); 337 if (screenline2 == NULL) 338 ret = 2; 339 } 340 341 if (ret != 2) 342 { 343 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 344 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 345 { 346 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 347 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 348 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 349 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 350 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 351 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 352 if (enc_utf8) 353 { 354 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 355 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 356 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 357 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 358 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 359 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 360 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 361 } 362 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 363 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 364 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 365 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 366 } 367 368 update_screen(0); 369 ret = 3; 370 371 if (must_redraw == 0) 372 { 373 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 374 375 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 376 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 377 { 378 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 379 screenline + r * cols, 380 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 381 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 382 screenattr + r * cols, 383 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 384 if (enc_utf8) 385 { 386 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 387 screenlineUC + r * cols, 388 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 389 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 390 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 391 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 392 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 393 } 394 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 395 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 396 screenline2 + r * cols, 397 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 398 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, 0); 399 } 400 ret = 4; 401 } 402 } 403 404 vim_free(screenline); 405 vim_free(screenattr); 406 if (enc_utf8) 407 { 408 vim_free(screenlineUC); 409 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 410 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 411 } 412 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 413 vim_free(screenline2); 414 415 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 416 maybe_intro_message(); 417 418 setcursor(); 419 420 return ret; 421 } 422 #endif 423 424 /* 425 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 426 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 427 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 428 * If "call_update_screen" is FALSE don't call update_screen() when at the 429 * command line. 430 */ 431 void 432 redraw_after_callback(int call_update_screen) 433 { 434 ++redrawing_for_callback; 435 436 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 437 ; // do nothing 438 else if (State & CMDLINE) 439 { 440 // Don't redraw when in prompt_for_number(). 441 if (cmdline_row > 0) 442 { 443 // Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 444 // wildmenu entries. 445 if (msg_scrolled == 0 446 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 447 && wild_menu_showing == 0 448 #endif 449 && call_update_screen) 450 update_screen(0); 451 452 // Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 453 // editing the command. 454 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 455 } 456 } 457 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT | TERMINAL)) 458 { 459 // keep the command line if possible 460 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 461 setcursor(); 462 } 463 cursor_on(); 464 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 465 if (gui.in_use && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 466 // Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 467 // flicker. 468 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 469 else 470 #endif 471 out_flush(); 472 473 --redrawing_for_callback; 474 } 475 476 /* 477 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 478 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 479 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 480 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 481 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 482 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 483 */ 484 void 485 redrawWinline( 486 win_T *wp, 487 linenr_T lnum) 488 { 489 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 490 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 491 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 492 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 493 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 494 } 495 496 /* 497 * To be called when "updating_screen" was set before and now the postponed 498 * side effects may take place. 499 */ 500 void 501 after_updating_screen(int may_resize_shell UNUSED) 502 { 503 updating_screen = FALSE; 504 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 505 if (may_resize_shell) 506 gui_may_resize_shell(); 507 #endif 508 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 509 term_check_channel_closed_recently(); 510 #endif 511 512 #ifdef HAVE_DROP_FILE 513 // If handle_drop() was called while updating_screen was TRUE need to 514 // handle the drop now. 515 handle_any_postponed_drop(); 516 #endif 517 } 518 519 /* 520 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 521 */ 522 void 523 update_curbuf(int type) 524 { 525 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 526 update_screen(type); 527 } 528 529 /* 530 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 531 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 532 * Return OK when the screen was updated, FAIL if it was not done. 533 */ 534 int 535 update_screen(int type_arg) 536 { 537 int type = type_arg; 538 win_T *wp; 539 static int did_intro = FALSE; 540 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 541 int did_one; 542 #endif 543 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 544 int did_undraw = FALSE; 545 int gui_cursor_col = 0; 546 int gui_cursor_row = 0; 547 #endif 548 int no_update = FALSE; 549 550 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 551 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 552 return FAIL; 553 554 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 555 { 556 no_update = TRUE; 557 type = 0; 558 } 559 560 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 561 { 562 buf_T *buf; 563 564 // Before updating the screen, notify any listeners of changed text. 565 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 566 invoke_listeners(buf); 567 } 568 #endif 569 570 if (must_redraw) 571 { 572 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 573 type = must_redraw; 574 575 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 576 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 577 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 578 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 579 must_redraw = 0; 580 } 581 582 /* May need to update w_lines[]. */ 583 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID 584 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 585 && !term_do_update_window(curwin) 586 #endif 587 ) 588 type = NOT_VALID; 589 590 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 591 * recursively. */ 592 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 593 { 594 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 595 must_redraw = type; 596 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 597 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 598 return FAIL; 599 } 600 updating_screen = TRUE; 601 602 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 603 // Update popup_mask if needed. This may set w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 604 // in some windows. 605 may_update_popup_mask(type); 606 #endif 607 608 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 609 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 610 * display updating */ 611 #endif 612 if (no_update) 613 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 614 615 /* 616 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 617 */ 618 if (msg_scrolled) 619 { 620 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 621 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 622 type = CLEAR; 623 else if (type != CLEAR) 624 { 625 check_for_delay(FALSE); 626 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 627 == FAIL) 628 type = CLEAR; 629 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 630 { 631 if (wp->w_winrow < msg_scrolled) 632 { 633 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 634 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 635 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 636 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 637 { 638 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 639 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 640 } 641 else 642 { 643 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 644 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height 645 <= msg_scrolled) 646 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 647 } 648 } 649 } 650 if (!no_update) 651 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 652 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 653 } 654 msg_scrolled = 0; 655 need_wait_return = FALSE; 656 } 657 658 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 659 compute_cmdrow(); 660 661 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 662 if (need_highlight_changed) 663 highlight_changed(); 664 665 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 666 { 667 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 668 type = NOT_VALID; 669 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 670 must_redraw = 0; 671 } 672 673 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 674 check_for_delay(FALSE); 675 676 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 677 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 678 * changes. */ 679 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 680 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 681 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 682 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 683 #endif 684 685 /* 686 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 687 */ 688 if (type == INVERTED) 689 update_curswant(); 690 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 691 && !((type == VALID 692 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 693 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 694 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 695 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 696 #endif 697 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 698 || (type == INVERTED 699 && VIsual_active 700 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 701 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 702 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 703 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 704 )) 705 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 706 707 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 708 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 709 draw_tabline(); 710 711 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 712 /* 713 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 714 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 715 */ 716 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 717 { 718 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 719 { 720 win_T *wwp; 721 722 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 723 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 724 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 725 break; 726 if (wwp == wp && syntax_present(wp)) 727 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 728 } 729 } 730 #endif 731 732 /* 733 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 734 * it. 735 */ 736 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 737 did_one = FALSE; 738 #endif 739 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 740 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 741 #endif 742 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 743 { 744 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 745 { 746 cursor_off(); 747 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 748 if (!did_one) 749 { 750 did_one = TRUE; 751 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 752 start_search_hl(); 753 # endif 754 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 755 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 756 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 757 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 758 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 759 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 760 # endif 761 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 762 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 763 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 764 * it. */ 765 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 766 { 767 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 768 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 769 gui_undraw_cursor(); 770 did_undraw = TRUE; 771 } 772 #endif 773 } 774 #endif 775 win_update(wp); 776 } 777 778 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 779 if (wp->w_redr_status) 780 { 781 cursor_off(); 782 win_redr_status(wp, TRUE); // any popup menu will be redrawn below 783 } 784 } 785 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 786 end_search_hl(); 787 #endif 788 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 789 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 790 pum_may_redraw(); 791 #endif 792 793 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 794 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 795 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 796 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 797 798 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 799 // Display popup windows on top of the windows and command line. 800 update_popups(win_update); 801 #endif 802 803 after_updating_screen(TRUE); 804 805 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 806 * mess up the command line. */ 807 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline || redraw_mode) 808 showmode(); 809 810 if (no_update) 811 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 812 813 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 814 if (!did_intro) 815 maybe_intro_message(); 816 did_intro = TRUE; 817 818 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 819 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 820 * done. */ 821 if (gui.in_use) 822 { 823 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 824 { 825 mch_disable_flush(); 826 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 827 mch_enable_flush(); 828 829 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 830 * uses that. */ 831 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 832 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 833 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 834 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 835 gui_may_flush(); 836 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 837 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 838 } 839 else 840 out_flush(); 841 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 842 } 843 #endif 844 return OK; 845 } 846 847 #if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 848 /* 849 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 850 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 851 */ 852 static void 853 update_prepare(void) 854 { 855 cursor_off(); 856 updating_screen = TRUE; 857 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 858 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 859 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 860 if (gui.in_use) 861 gui_undraw_cursor(); 862 #endif 863 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 864 start_search_hl(); 865 #endif 866 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 867 // Update popup_mask if needed. 868 may_update_popup_mask(must_redraw); 869 #endif 870 } 871 872 /* 873 * Finish updating one or more windows. 874 */ 875 static void 876 update_finish(void) 877 { 878 if (redraw_cmdline || redraw_mode) 879 showmode(); 880 881 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 882 end_search_hl(); 883 # endif 884 885 after_updating_screen(TRUE); 886 887 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 888 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 889 * done. */ 890 if (gui.in_use) 891 { 892 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 893 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 894 } 895 # endif 896 } 897 #endif 898 899 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 900 /* 901 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 902 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 903 */ 904 int 905 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 906 { 907 int c; 908 909 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 910 return FALSE; 911 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 912 c = 'v'; 913 else if (State & INSERT) 914 c = 'i'; 915 else if (State & NORMAL) 916 c = 'n'; 917 else if (State & CMDLINE) 918 c = 'c'; 919 else 920 return FALSE; 921 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 922 } 923 924 /* 925 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 926 */ 927 void 928 conceal_check_cursor_line(void) 929 { 930 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 931 { 932 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 933 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 934 * without concealing. */ 935 curs_columns(TRUE); 936 } 937 } 938 #endif 939 940 #if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) || defined(PROTO) 941 void 942 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 943 { 944 win_T *wp; 945 int doit = FALSE; 946 947 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 948 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 949 # endif 950 951 // update/delete a specific sign 952 redraw_buf_line_later(buf, lnum); 953 954 // check if it resulted in the need to redraw a window 955 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 956 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 957 doit = TRUE; 958 959 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 960 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 961 */ 962 if (!doit || updating_screen 963 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 964 || msg_scrolled 965 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 966 || gui.starting 967 #endif 968 || starting) 969 return; 970 971 /* update all windows that need updating */ 972 update_prepare(); 973 974 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 975 { 976 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 977 win_update(wp); 978 if (wp->w_redr_status) 979 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 980 } 981 982 update_finish(); 983 } 984 #endif 985 986 /* 987 * Get 'wincolor' attribute for window "wp". If not set and "wp" is a popup 988 * window then get the "Pmenu" highlight attribute. 989 */ 990 int 991 get_wcr_attr(win_T *wp) 992 { 993 int wcr_attr = 0; 994 995 if (*wp->w_p_wcr != NUL) 996 wcr_attr = syn_name2attr(wp->w_p_wcr); 997 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 998 else if (WIN_IS_POPUP(wp)) 999 wcr_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_PNI); 1000 #endif 1001 return wcr_attr; 1002 } 1003 1004 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1005 /* 1006 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1007 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1008 */ 1009 void 1010 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1011 { 1012 /* return if already busy updating */ 1013 if (updating_screen) 1014 return; 1015 1016 update_prepare(); 1017 1018 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1019 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1020 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1021 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1022 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1023 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1024 #endif 1025 1026 win_update(wp); 1027 1028 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1029 if (redraw_tabline) 1030 draw_tabline(); 1031 1032 if (wp->w_redr_status 1033 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1034 || p_ru 1035 # endif 1036 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1037 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1038 # endif 1039 ) 1040 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1041 1042 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 1043 // Display popup windows on top of everything. 1044 update_popups(win_update); 1045 #endif 1046 1047 update_finish(); 1048 } 1049 #endif 1050 1051 /* 1052 * Update a single window. 1053 * 1054 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1055 * screen or scrolling lines). 1056 * 1057 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1058 * implies the one below it. 1059 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1060 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1061 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1062 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1063 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1064 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1065 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1066 * 3. redraw changed text: 1067 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1068 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1069 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1070 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1071 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1072 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1073 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1074 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1075 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1076 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1077 */ 1078 static void 1079 win_update(win_T *wp) 1080 { 1081 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1082 int type; 1083 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1084 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1085 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1086 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1087 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1088 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1089 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1090 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1091 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1092 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1093 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1094 int top_to_mod = FALSE; // redraw above mod_top 1095 #endif 1096 1097 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1098 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1099 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1100 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1101 1102 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1103 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1104 int i; 1105 long j; 1106 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1107 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1108 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1109 long fold_count; 1110 #endif 1111 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1112 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1113 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1114 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1115 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1116 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1117 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1118 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1119 #endif 1120 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1121 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1122 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1123 int save_got_int; 1124 #endif 1125 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1126 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1127 #endif 1128 1129 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1130 1131 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1132 { 1133 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1134 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1135 } 1136 1137 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1138 if (wp->w_height + WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) == 0) 1139 { 1140 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1141 return; 1142 } 1143 1144 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1145 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1146 { 1147 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1148 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1149 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1150 return; 1151 } 1152 1153 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1154 // If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1155 if (term_do_update_window(wp)) 1156 { 1157 term_update_window(wp); 1158 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 1159 /* Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. */ 1160 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1161 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1162 # endif 1163 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1164 return; 1165 } 1166 #endif 1167 1168 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1169 init_search_hl(wp, &search_hl); 1170 #endif 1171 1172 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1173 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1174 * changes. */ 1175 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1176 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1177 { 1178 type = NOT_VALID; 1179 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1180 } 1181 else 1182 #endif 1183 1184 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1185 { 1186 /* 1187 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1188 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1189 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1190 */ 1191 type = NOT_VALID; 1192 } 1193 else 1194 { 1195 /* 1196 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1197 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1198 */ 1199 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1200 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1201 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1202 else 1203 mod_bot = 0; 1204 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1205 { 1206 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1207 { 1208 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1210 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1211 * in a pattern match. */ 1212 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1213 { 1214 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1215 if (mod_top < 1) 1216 mod_top = 1; 1217 } 1218 #endif 1219 } 1220 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1221 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1222 1223 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1224 // When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1225 // change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1226 // previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1227 // lines above the change. 1228 // Same for a match pattern. 1229 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1230 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1231 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1232 else 1233 { 1234 matchitem_T *cur = wp->w_match_head; 1235 1236 while (cur != NULL) 1237 { 1238 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1239 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1240 { 1241 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1242 break; 1243 } 1244 cur = cur->next; 1245 } 1246 } 1247 #endif 1248 } 1249 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1250 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1251 { 1252 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1253 1254 /* 1255 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1256 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1257 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1258 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1259 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1260 */ 1261 1262 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1263 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1264 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1265 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1266 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1267 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1268 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1269 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1270 { 1271 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1272 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1273 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1274 { 1275 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1276 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1277 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1278 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1279 ++lnumb; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1284 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1285 mod_top = lnumt; 1286 1287 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1288 --mod_bot; 1289 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1290 ++mod_bot; 1291 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1292 mod_bot = lnumb; 1293 } 1294 #endif 1295 1296 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1297 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1298 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1299 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1300 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1301 { 1302 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1303 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1304 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1305 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1306 top_end = 1; 1307 #endif 1308 } 1309 1310 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1311 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1312 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1313 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1314 } 1315 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; // reset for next time 1316 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1317 1318 /* 1319 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1320 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1321 */ 1322 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1323 { 1324 j = 0; 1325 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1326 { 1327 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1328 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1329 { 1330 top_end = j; 1331 break; 1332 } 1333 } 1334 if (top_end == 0) 1335 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1336 type = NOT_VALID; 1337 else 1338 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1339 type = VALID; 1340 } 1341 1342 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1343 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1344 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1345 * called. */ 1346 if (screen_cleared) 1347 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1348 1349 /* 1350 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1351 * handle three cases: 1352 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1353 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1354 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1355 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1356 */ 1357 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1358 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1359 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1360 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1361 #endif 1362 ) 1363 { 1364 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1365 { 1366 /* 1367 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1368 * further down. 1369 */ 1370 } 1371 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1372 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1373 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1374 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1375 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1376 #endif 1377 )) 1378 { 1379 /* 1380 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1381 */ 1382 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1383 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1384 { 1385 linenr_T ln; 1386 1387 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1388 * of folded lines as one */ 1389 j = 0; 1390 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1391 { 1392 ++j; 1393 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1394 break; 1395 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1396 } 1397 } 1398 else 1399 #endif 1400 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1401 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1402 { 1403 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1404 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1405 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1406 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1407 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1408 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1409 #endif 1410 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1411 { 1412 /* 1413 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1414 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1415 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1416 */ 1417 if (i > 0) 1418 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1419 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1420 { 1421 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1422 { 1423 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1424 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1425 top_end = i; 1426 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1427 1428 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1429 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1430 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1431 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1432 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1433 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1434 while (idx >= 0) 1435 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1436 } 1437 } 1438 else 1439 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1440 } 1441 else 1442 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1443 } 1444 else 1445 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1446 } 1447 else 1448 { 1449 /* 1450 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1451 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1452 * needs updating. 1453 */ 1454 1455 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1456 j = -1; 1457 row = 0; 1458 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1459 { 1460 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1461 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1462 { 1463 j = i; 1464 break; 1465 } 1466 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1467 } 1468 if (j == -1) 1469 { 1470 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1471 * lines */ 1472 mid_start = 0; 1473 } 1474 else 1475 { 1476 /* 1477 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1478 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1479 */ 1480 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1481 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1482 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1483 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1484 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1485 else 1486 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1487 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1488 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1489 #endif 1490 if (row > 0) 1491 { 1492 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1493 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin, 0) 1494 == OK) 1495 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1496 else 1497 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1498 } 1499 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1500 { 1501 /* 1502 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1503 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1504 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1505 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1506 */ 1507 bot_start = 0; 1508 idx = 0; 1509 for (;;) 1510 { 1511 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1512 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1513 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1514 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1515 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1516 { 1517 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1518 break; 1519 } 1520 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1521 1522 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1523 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1524 { 1525 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1526 break; 1527 } 1528 } 1529 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1530 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1531 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1532 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1533 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1534 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1535 + wp->w_topfill; 1536 #endif 1537 } 1538 } 1539 } 1540 1541 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1542 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1543 * first. */ 1544 if (mid_start == 0) 1545 { 1546 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1547 if (ONE_WINDOW && !WIN_IS_POPUP(wp)) 1548 { 1549 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1550 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1551 * then. */ 1552 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1553 screenclear(); 1554 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1555 if (redraw_tabline) 1556 draw_tabline(); 1557 } 1558 } 1559 1560 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1561 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1562 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1563 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1564 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1565 must_redraw = 0; 1566 } 1567 else 1568 { 1569 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1570 mid_start = 0; 1571 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1572 } 1573 1574 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1575 { 1576 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1577 mid_start = 0; 1578 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1579 type = NOT_VALID; 1580 } 1581 1582 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1583 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1584 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1585 { 1586 linenr_T from, to; 1587 1588 if (VIsual_active) 1589 { 1590 if (VIsual_active 1591 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1592 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1593 { 1594 /* 1595 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1596 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1597 * gained or lost. 1598 */ 1599 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1600 { 1601 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1602 to = VIsual.lnum; 1603 } 1604 else 1605 { 1606 from = VIsual.lnum; 1607 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1608 } 1609 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1610 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1611 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1612 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1613 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1614 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1615 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1616 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1617 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1618 } 1619 else 1620 { 1621 /* 1622 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1623 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1624 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1625 */ 1626 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1627 { 1628 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1629 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1630 } 1631 else 1632 { 1633 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1634 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1635 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1636 from = to; 1637 } 1638 1639 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1640 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1641 { 1642 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1643 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1644 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1645 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1646 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1647 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1648 from = VIsual.lnum; 1649 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1650 to = VIsual.lnum; 1651 } 1652 } 1653 1654 /* 1655 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1656 * update all lines. 1657 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1658 */ 1659 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1660 { 1661 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1662 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1663 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1664 1665 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1666 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1667 #endif 1668 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1669 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1670 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1671 #endif 1672 ++toc; 1673 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1674 toc = MAXCOL; 1675 1676 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1677 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1678 { 1679 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1680 from = VIsual.lnum; 1681 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1682 to = VIsual.lnum; 1683 } 1684 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1685 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1686 } 1687 } 1688 else 1689 { 1690 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1691 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1692 { 1693 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1694 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1695 } 1696 else 1697 { 1698 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1699 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1700 } 1701 } 1702 1703 /* 1704 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1705 */ 1706 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1707 from = wp->w_topline; 1708 1709 /* 1710 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1711 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1712 */ 1713 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1714 { 1715 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1716 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1717 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1718 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1719 } 1720 1721 /* 1722 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1723 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1724 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1725 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1726 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1727 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1728 * mid_end (in srow). 1729 */ 1730 if (mid_start > 0) 1731 { 1732 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1733 idx = 0; 1734 srow = 0; 1735 if (scrolled_down) 1736 mid_start = top_end; 1737 else 1738 mid_start = 0; 1739 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1740 { 1741 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1742 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1743 else if (!scrolled_down) 1744 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1745 ++idx; 1746 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1747 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1748 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1749 else 1750 # endif 1751 ++lnum; 1752 } 1753 srow += mid_start; 1754 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1755 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1756 { 1757 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1758 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1759 { 1760 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1761 mid_end = srow; 1762 break; 1763 } 1764 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1765 } 1766 } 1767 } 1768 1769 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1770 { 1771 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1772 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1773 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1774 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1775 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1776 } 1777 else 1778 { 1779 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1780 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1781 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1782 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1783 } 1784 1785 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1786 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1787 save_got_int = got_int; 1788 got_int = 0; 1789 #endif 1790 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1791 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1792 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1793 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 1794 #endif 1795 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1796 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1797 #endif 1798 1799 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 1800 /* 1801 * Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. 1802 * TODO: only when needed. 1803 */ 1804 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1805 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1806 #endif 1807 1808 /* 1809 * Update all the window rows. 1810 */ 1811 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1812 row = 0; 1813 srow = 0; 1814 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1815 for (;;) 1816 { 1817 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1818 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1819 if (row == wp->w_height) 1820 { 1821 didline = TRUE; 1822 break; 1823 } 1824 1825 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1826 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1827 { 1828 eof = TRUE; 1829 break; 1830 } 1831 1832 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1833 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1834 srow = row; 1835 1836 /* 1837 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1838 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1839 * "bot_start" may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1840 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1841 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1842 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1843 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1844 */ 1845 if (row < top_end 1846 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1847 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1848 || top_to_mod 1849 #endif 1850 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1851 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1852 || (mod_top != 0 1853 && (lnum == mod_top 1854 || (lnum >= mod_top 1855 && (lnum < mod_bot 1856 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1857 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1858 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1859 && syntax_present(wp) 1860 && ( 1861 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1862 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1863 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1864 # endif 1865 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1866 #endif 1867 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1868 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1869 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1870 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1871 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1872 #endif 1873 ))))) 1874 { 1875 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1876 if (lnum == mod_top) 1877 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1878 #endif 1879 1880 /* 1881 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1882 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1883 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1884 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1885 */ 1886 if (lnum == mod_top 1887 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1888 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1889 { 1890 int old_rows = 0; 1891 int new_rows = 0; 1892 int xtra_rows; 1893 linenr_T l; 1894 1895 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1896 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1897 * currently displayed. */ 1898 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1899 { 1900 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1901 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1902 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1903 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1904 break; 1905 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1906 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1907 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1908 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1909 { 1910 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1911 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1912 ++i; 1913 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1914 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1915 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1916 break; 1917 } 1918 #endif 1919 } 1920 1921 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1922 { 1923 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1924 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1925 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1926 bot_start = 0; 1927 } 1928 else 1929 { 1930 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1931 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1932 j = idx; 1933 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1934 { 1935 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1936 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1937 ++new_rows; 1938 else 1939 #endif 1940 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1941 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1942 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1943 + wp->w_topfill; 1944 else 1945 #endif 1946 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1947 ++j; 1948 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1949 { 1950 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1951 new_rows = 9999; 1952 break; 1953 } 1954 } 1955 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1956 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1957 { 1958 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1959 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1960 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1961 * below the scrolled text. */ 1962 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1963 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1964 else 1965 { 1966 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1967 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1968 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE, 0) == FAIL) 1969 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1970 else 1971 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1972 } 1973 } 1974 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1975 { 1976 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1977 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1978 * rest. */ 1979 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1980 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1981 else 1982 { 1983 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1984 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1985 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1986 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1987 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1988 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1989 * updating down. */ 1990 top_end += xtra_rows; 1991 } 1992 } 1993 1994 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1995 * entries. */ 1996 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1997 { 1998 if (j < i) 1999 { 2000 int x = row + new_rows; 2001 2002 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2003 for (;;) 2004 { 2005 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2006 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2007 { 2008 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2009 break; 2010 } 2011 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2012 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2013 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2014 > wp->w_height) 2015 { 2016 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2017 break; 2018 } 2019 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2020 ++i; 2021 } 2022 if (bot_start > x) 2023 bot_start = x; 2024 } 2025 else /* j > i */ 2026 { 2027 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2028 j -= i; 2029 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2030 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2031 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2032 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2033 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2034 2035 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2036 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2037 * Reset to zero. */ 2038 while (i >= idx) 2039 { 2040 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2041 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2042 } 2043 } 2044 } 2045 } 2046 } 2047 2048 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2049 /* 2050 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2051 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2052 * 'wrap' is on). 2053 */ 2054 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2055 if (fold_count != 0) 2056 { 2057 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2058 ++row; 2059 --fold_count; 2060 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2061 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2062 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2063 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2064 # endif 2065 } 2066 else 2067 #endif 2068 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2069 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2070 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2071 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2072 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2073 && !WIN_IS_POPUP(wp) 2074 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2075 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2076 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2077 #endif 2078 ) 2079 { 2080 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2081 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2082 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2083 } 2084 else 2085 { 2086 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2087 prepare_search_hl(wp, &search_hl, lnum); 2088 #endif 2089 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2090 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2091 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2092 && syntax_present(wp)) 2093 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2094 #endif 2095 2096 /* 2097 * Display one line. 2098 */ 2099 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, 2100 mod_top == 0, FALSE); 2101 2102 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2103 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2104 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2105 #endif 2106 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2107 did_update = DID_LINE; 2108 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2109 #endif 2110 } 2111 2112 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2113 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2114 2115 /* Past end of the window or end of the screen. Note that after 2116 * resizing wp->w_height may be end up too big. That's a problem 2117 * elsewhere, but prevent a crash here. */ 2118 if (row > wp->w_height || row + wp->w_winrow >= Rows) 2119 { 2120 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2121 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2122 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2123 ++idx; 2124 break; 2125 } 2126 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2127 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2128 ++idx; 2129 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2130 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2131 #else 2132 ++lnum; 2133 #endif 2134 } 2135 else 2136 { 2137 if (wp->w_p_rnu) 2138 { 2139 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2140 // 'relativenumber' set: The text doesn't need to be drawn, but 2141 // the number column nearly always does. 2142 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2143 if (fold_count != 0) 2144 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2145 else 2146 #endif 2147 (void)win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, TRUE, TRUE); 2148 } 2149 2150 // This line does not need to be drawn, advance to the next one. 2151 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2152 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2153 break; 2154 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2155 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2156 #else 2157 ++lnum; 2158 #endif 2159 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2160 did_update = DID_NONE; 2161 #endif 2162 } 2163 2164 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2165 { 2166 eof = TRUE; 2167 break; 2168 } 2169 } 2170 /* 2171 * End of loop over all window lines. 2172 */ 2173 2174 #ifdef FEAT_VTP 2175 /* Rewrite the character at the end of the screen line. */ 2176 if (use_vtp()) 2177 { 2178 int i; 2179 2180 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 2181 if (enc_utf8) 2182 if ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 2, 2183 LineOffset[i] + screen_Columns) > 1) 2184 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 2, 1, 2, FALSE); 2185 else 2186 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 1, 1, 1, FALSE); 2187 else 2188 screen_char(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 1, i, Columns - 1); 2189 } 2190 #endif 2191 2192 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2193 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2194 2195 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2196 /* 2197 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2198 */ 2199 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2200 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2201 #endif 2202 2203 /* 2204 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2205 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2206 */ 2207 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2208 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2209 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2210 #endif 2211 if (!eof && !didline) 2212 { 2213 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2214 { 2215 /* 2216 * Single line that does not fit! 2217 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2218 */ 2219 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2220 } 2221 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2222 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2223 { 2224 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2225 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2226 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2227 } 2228 #endif 2229 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 2230 else if (WIN_IS_POPUP(wp)) 2231 { 2232 // popup line that doesn't fit is left as-is 2233 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2234 } 2235 #endif 2236 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2237 { 2238 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2239 2240 /* 2241 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2242 */ 2243 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, wp->w_wincol, 2244 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2245 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2246 (int)wp->w_wincol + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2247 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2248 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2249 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2250 } 2251 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2252 { 2253 /* 2254 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2255 */ 2256 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2257 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2258 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2259 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2260 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2261 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2262 } 2263 else 2264 { 2265 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', TRUE, srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2266 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2267 } 2268 } 2269 else 2270 { 2271 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2272 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2273 { 2274 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2275 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2276 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2277 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2278 { 2279 // Display filler lines at the end of the file. 2280 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2281 i = '-'; 2282 else 2283 i = fill_diff; 2284 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2285 j = wp->w_height - row; 2286 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, TRUE, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2287 row += j; 2288 } 2289 #endif 2290 } 2291 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2292 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2293 2294 // Make sure the rest of the screen is blank 2295 // put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. 2296 win_draw_end(wp, WIN_IS_POPUP(wp) ? ' ' : '~', 2297 ' ', FALSE, row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2298 } 2299 2300 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2301 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 2302 #endif 2303 2304 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2305 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2306 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2307 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2308 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2309 #endif 2310 2311 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2312 { 2313 /* 2314 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2315 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2316 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2317 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2318 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2319 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2320 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2321 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2322 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2323 * changes are relevant). 2324 */ 2325 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2326 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2327 { 2328 recursive = TRUE; 2329 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2330 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2331 if (must_redraw != 0) 2332 { 2333 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2334 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2335 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2336 win_update(curwin); 2337 must_redraw = 0; 2338 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2339 } 2340 recursive = FALSE; 2341 } 2342 } 2343 2344 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2345 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2346 if (!got_int) 2347 got_int = save_got_int; 2348 #endif 2349 } 2350 2351 /* 2352 * Call screen_fill() with the columns adjusted for 'rightleft' if needed. 2353 * Return the new offset. 2354 */ 2355 static int 2356 screen_fill_end( 2357 win_T *wp, 2358 int c1, 2359 int c2, 2360 int off, 2361 int width, 2362 int row, 2363 int endrow, 2364 int attr) 2365 { 2366 int nn = off + width; 2367 2368 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2369 nn = wp->w_width; 2370 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2371 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2372 { 2373 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2374 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - off, 2375 c1, c2, attr); 2376 } 2377 else 2378 #endif 2379 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2380 wp->w_wincol + off, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2381 c1, c2, attr); 2382 return nn; 2383 } 2384 2385 /* 2386 * Clear lines near the end the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". 2387 * use "c2" as the filler character. 2388 * When "draw_margin" is TRUE then draw the sign, fold and number columns. 2389 */ 2390 static void 2391 win_draw_end( 2392 win_T *wp, 2393 int c1, 2394 int c2, 2395 int draw_margin, 2396 int row, 2397 int endrow, 2398 hlf_T hl) 2399 { 2400 int n = 0; 2401 int attr = HL_ATTR(hl); 2402 int wcr_attr = get_wcr_attr(wp); 2403 2404 attr = hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, attr); 2405 2406 if (draw_margin) 2407 { 2408 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2409 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2410 2411 if (fdc > 0) 2412 // draw the fold column 2413 n = screen_fill_end(wp, ' ', ' ', n, fdc, 2414 row, endrow, hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC))); 2415 #endif 2416 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2417 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2418 // draw the sign column 2419 n = screen_fill_end(wp, ' ', ' ', n, 2, 2420 row, endrow, hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_SC))); 2421 #endif 2422 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2423 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL) 2424 // draw the number column 2425 n = screen_fill_end(wp, ' ', ' ', n, number_width(wp) + 1, 2426 row, endrow, hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_N))); 2427 } 2428 2429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2430 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2431 { 2432 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2433 wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - n, 2434 c2, c2, attr); 2435 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2436 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - n, W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2437 c1, c2, attr); 2438 } 2439 else 2440 #endif 2441 { 2442 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2443 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2444 c1, c2, attr); 2445 } 2446 2447 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2448 } 2449 2450 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2451 /* 2452 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2453 */ 2454 static int 2455 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2456 { 2457 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2458 ++*color_cols; 2459 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2460 } 2461 #endif 2462 2463 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 2464 /* 2465 * Copy "text" to ScreenLines using "attr". 2466 * Returns the next screen column. 2467 */ 2468 static int 2469 text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col) 2470 { 2471 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2472 2473 if (has_mbyte) 2474 { 2475 int cells; 2476 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2477 int i; 2478 int idx; 2479 int c_len; 2480 char_u *p; 2481 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2482 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2483 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2484 # endif 2485 2486 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2487 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2488 idx = off; 2489 else 2490 # endif 2491 idx = off + col; 2492 2493 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2494 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2495 { 2496 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2497 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2498 if (col + cells > wp->w_width 2499 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2500 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2501 # endif 2502 ) 2503 break; 2504 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2505 if (enc_utf8) 2506 { 2507 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2508 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2509 { 2510 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2511 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2512 prev_c = u8c; 2513 #endif 2514 } 2515 else 2516 { 2517 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2518 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2519 { 2520 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2521 int pc, pc1, nc; 2522 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2523 int firstbyte = *p; 2524 2525 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2526 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2527 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2528 { 2529 pc = prev_c; 2530 pc1 = prev_c1; 2531 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2532 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2533 } 2534 else 2535 { 2536 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2537 nc = prev_c; 2538 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2539 } 2540 prev_c = u8c; 2541 2542 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2543 pc, pc1, nc); 2544 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2545 } 2546 else 2547 prev_c = u8c; 2548 #endif 2549 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2550 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2551 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2552 { 2553 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2554 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2555 break; 2556 } 2557 } 2558 if (cells > 1) 2559 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2560 } 2561 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2562 /* double-byte single width character */ 2563 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2564 else if (cells > 1) 2565 /* double-width character */ 2566 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2567 col += cells; 2568 idx += cells; 2569 p += c_len; 2570 } 2571 } 2572 else 2573 { 2574 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2575 2576 if (len > wp->w_width - col) 2577 len = wp->w_width - col; 2578 if (len > 0) 2579 { 2580 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2581 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2582 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2583 else 2584 #endif 2585 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2586 col += len; 2587 } 2588 } 2589 return col; 2590 } 2591 #endif 2592 2593 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2594 /* 2595 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2596 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2597 */ 2598 static int 2599 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2600 { 2601 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2602 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2603 int wwidth = wp->w_width; 2604 2605 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2606 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2607 return fdc; 2608 } 2609 2610 /* 2611 * Display one folded line. 2612 */ 2613 static void 2614 fold_line( 2615 win_T *wp, 2616 long fold_count, 2617 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2618 linenr_T lnum, 2619 int row) 2620 { 2621 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2622 pos_T *top, *bot; 2623 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2624 int len; 2625 char_u *text; 2626 int fdc; 2627 int col; 2628 int txtcol; 2629 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2630 int ri; 2631 2632 /* Build the fold line: 2633 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2634 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2635 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2636 * 4. Compose the text 2637 * 5. Add the text 2638 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2639 */ 2640 col = 0; 2641 2642 /* 2643 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2644 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2645 */ 2646 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2647 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2648 { 2649 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2650 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2651 if (enc_utf8) 2652 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2653 ++col; 2654 } 2655 #endif 2656 2657 /* 2658 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2659 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2660 */ 2661 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2662 if (fdc > 0) 2663 { 2664 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2665 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2666 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2667 { 2668 int i; 2669 2670 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2671 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2672 /* reverse the fold column */ 2673 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2674 ScreenLines[off + wp->w_width - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2675 } 2676 else 2677 #endif 2678 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2679 col += fdc; 2680 } 2681 2682 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2683 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2684 do { \ 2685 if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2686 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2687 ScreenAttrs[off + (wp->w_width - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2688 else \ 2689 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2690 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2691 } while (0) 2692 #else 2693 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2694 do { \ 2695 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2696 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2697 } while (0) 2698 #endif 2699 2700 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2701 * text */ 2702 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), wp->w_width - col); 2703 2704 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2705 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2706 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2707 { 2708 len = wp->w_width - col; 2709 if (len > 0) 2710 { 2711 if (len > 2) 2712 len = 2; 2713 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2714 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2715 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2716 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, 2717 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2718 else 2719 # endif 2720 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2721 col += len; 2722 } 2723 } 2724 #endif 2725 2726 /* 2727 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2728 */ 2729 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2730 { 2731 len = wp->w_width - col; 2732 if (len > 0) 2733 { 2734 int w = number_width(wp); 2735 long num; 2736 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2737 2738 if (len > w + 1) 2739 len = w + 1; 2740 2741 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2742 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2743 num = (long)lnum; 2744 else 2745 { 2746 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2747 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2748 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2749 { 2750 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2751 * line number */ 2752 num = lnum; 2753 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2754 } 2755 } 2756 2757 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2758 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2759 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2760 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2761 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, buf, len, 2762 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2763 else 2764 #endif 2765 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2766 col += len; 2767 } 2768 } 2769 2770 /* 2771 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2772 */ 2773 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2774 2775 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2776 2777 /* 2778 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2779 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2780 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2781 */ 2782 col = text_to_screenline(wp, text, col); 2783 2784 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2785 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2786 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2787 col -= txtcol; 2788 #endif 2789 while (col < wp->w_width 2790 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2791 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2792 #endif 2793 ) 2794 { 2795 if (enc_utf8) 2796 { 2797 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2798 { 2799 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2800 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2801 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2802 } 2803 else 2804 { 2805 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2806 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2807 } 2808 col++; 2809 } 2810 else 2811 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2812 } 2813 2814 if (text != buf) 2815 vim_free(text); 2816 2817 /* 2818 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2819 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2820 */ 2821 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2822 { 2823 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2824 { 2825 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2826 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2827 bot = &VIsual; 2828 } 2829 else 2830 { 2831 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2832 top = &VIsual; 2833 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2834 } 2835 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2836 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2837 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2838 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2839 || (lnum == top->lnum 2840 && top->col == 0)) 2841 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2842 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2843 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2844 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2845 { 2846 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2847 { 2848 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2849 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2850 { 2851 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2852 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2853 < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2854 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2855 else 2856 len = wp->w_width - txtcol; 2857 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2858 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2859 } 2860 } 2861 else 2862 { 2863 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2864 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), wp->w_width - txtcol); 2865 } 2866 } 2867 } 2868 2869 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2870 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2871 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2872 { 2873 int i = 0; 2874 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2875 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2876 2877 while (j > -1) 2878 { 2879 txtcol += j; 2880 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2881 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2882 else 2883 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2884 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2885 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2886 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2887 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2888 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2889 } 2890 } 2891 2892 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2893 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2894 { 2895 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2896 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2897 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2898 else 2899 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2900 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2901 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2902 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2903 } 2904 #endif 2905 2906 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 2907 (int)wp->w_width, 0); 2908 2909 /* 2910 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2911 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2912 */ 2913 if (wp == curwin 2914 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2915 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2916 { 2917 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2918 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2919 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2920 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2921 } 2922 } 2923 2924 /* 2925 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2926 */ 2927 static void 2928 copy_text_attr( 2929 int off, 2930 char_u *buf, 2931 int len, 2932 int attr) 2933 { 2934 int i; 2935 2936 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2937 if (enc_utf8) 2938 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2939 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2940 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2941 } 2942 2943 /* 2944 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2945 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2946 */ 2947 static void 2948 fill_foldcolumn( 2949 char_u *p, 2950 win_T *wp, 2951 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2952 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2953 { 2954 int i = 0; 2955 int level; 2956 int first_level; 2957 int empty; 2958 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2959 2960 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2961 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2962 2963 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2964 if (level > 0) 2965 { 2966 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2967 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2968 2969 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2970 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2971 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2972 if (first_level < 1) 2973 first_level = 1; 2974 2975 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2976 { 2977 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2978 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2979 p[i] = '-'; 2980 else if (first_level == 1) 2981 p[i] = '|'; 2982 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2983 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2984 else 2985 p[i] = '>'; 2986 if (first_level + i == level) 2987 break; 2988 } 2989 } 2990 if (closed) 2991 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2992 } 2993 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2994 2995 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 2996 static textprop_T *current_text_props = NULL; 2997 static buf_T *current_buf = NULL; 2998 2999 static int 3000 text_prop_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 3001 { 3002 int idx1, idx2; 3003 proptype_T *pt1, *pt2; 3004 colnr_T col1, col2; 3005 3006 idx1 = *(int *)s1; 3007 idx2 = *(int *)s2; 3008 pt1 = text_prop_type_by_id(current_buf, current_text_props[idx1].tp_type); 3009 pt2 = text_prop_type_by_id(current_buf, current_text_props[idx2].tp_type); 3010 if (pt1 == pt2) 3011 return 0; 3012 if (pt1 == NULL) 3013 return -1; 3014 if (pt2 == NULL) 3015 return 1; 3016 if (pt1->pt_priority != pt2->pt_priority) 3017 return pt1->pt_priority > pt2->pt_priority ? 1 : -1; 3018 col1 = current_text_props[idx1].tp_col; 3019 col2 = current_text_props[idx2].tp_col; 3020 return col1 == col2 ? 0 : col1 > col2 ? 1 : -1; 3021 } 3022 #endif 3023 3024 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3025 /* 3026 * Get information needed to display the sign in line 'lnum' in window 'wp'. 3027 * If 'nrcol' is TRUE, the sign is going to be displayed in the number column. 3028 * Otherwise the sign is going to be displayed in the sign column. 3029 */ 3030 static void 3031 get_sign_display_info( 3032 int nrcol, 3033 win_T *wp, 3034 linenr_T lnum UNUSED, 3035 sign_attrs_T *sattr, 3036 int wcr_attr, 3037 int row, 3038 int startrow, 3039 int filler_lines UNUSED, 3040 int filler_todo UNUSED, 3041 int *c_extrap, 3042 int *c_finalp, 3043 char_u *extra, 3044 char_u **pp_extra, 3045 int *n_extrap, 3046 int *char_attrp) 3047 { 3048 int text_sign; 3049 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3050 int icon_sign; 3051 # endif 3052 3053 // Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. 3054 *c_extrap = ' '; 3055 *c_finalp = NUL; 3056 if (nrcol) 3057 *n_extrap = number_width(wp) + 1; 3058 else 3059 { 3060 *char_attrp = hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 3061 *n_extrap = 2; 3062 } 3063 3064 if (row == startrow 3065 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3066 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3067 #endif 3068 ) 3069 { 3070 text_sign = (sattr->text != NULL) ? sattr->typenr : 0; 3071 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3072 icon_sign = (sattr->icon != NULL) ? sattr->typenr : 0; 3073 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3074 { 3075 // Use the image in this position. 3076 if (nrcol) 3077 { 3078 *c_extrap = NUL; 3079 sprintf((char *)extra, "%-*c ", number_width(wp), SIGN_BYTE); 3080 *pp_extra = extra; 3081 *n_extrap = (int)STRLEN(*pp_extra); 3082 } 3083 else 3084 *c_extrap = SIGN_BYTE; 3085 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3086 if (netbeans_active() && (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)) 3087 { 3088 if (nrcol) 3089 { 3090 *c_extrap = NUL; 3091 sprintf((char *)extra, "%-*c ", number_width(wp), 3092 MULTISIGN_BYTE); 3093 *pp_extra = extra; 3094 *n_extrap = (int)STRLEN(*pp_extra); 3095 } 3096 else 3097 *c_extrap = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3098 } 3099 # endif 3100 *c_finalp = NUL; 3101 *char_attrp = icon_sign; 3102 } 3103 else 3104 # endif 3105 if (text_sign != 0) 3106 { 3107 *pp_extra = sattr->text; 3108 if (*pp_extra != NULL) 3109 { 3110 if (nrcol) 3111 { 3112 int n, width = number_width(wp) - 2; 3113 3114 for (n = 0; n < width; n++) 3115 extra[n] = ' '; 3116 extra[n] = 0; 3117 STRCAT(extra, *pp_extra); 3118 STRCAT(extra, " "); 3119 *pp_extra = extra; 3120 } 3121 *c_extrap = NUL; 3122 *c_finalp = NUL; 3123 *n_extrap = (int)STRLEN(*pp_extra); 3124 } 3125 *char_attrp = sattr->texthl; 3126 } 3127 } 3128 } 3129 #endif 3130 3131 /* 3132 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3133 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3134 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3135 * 3136 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3137 */ 3138 static int 3139 win_line( 3140 win_T *wp, 3141 linenr_T lnum, 3142 int startrow, 3143 int endrow, 3144 int nochange UNUSED, // not updating for changed text 3145 int number_only) // only update the number column 3146 { 3147 int col = 0; // visual column on screen 3148 unsigned off; // offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs 3149 int c = 0; // init for GCC 3150 long vcol = 0; // virtual column (for tabs) 3151 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3152 long vcol_sbr = -1; // virtual column after showbreak 3153 #endif 3154 long vcol_prev = -1; // "vcol" of previous character 3155 char_u *line; // current line 3156 char_u *ptr; // current position in "line" 3157 int row; // row in the window, excl w_winrow 3158 int screen_row; // row on the screen, incl w_winrow 3159 3160 char_u extra[21]; // "%ld " and 'fdc' must fit in here 3161 int n_extra = 0; // number of extra chars 3162 char_u *p_extra = NULL; // string of extra chars, plus NUL 3163 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; // p_extra needs to be freed 3164 int c_extra = NUL; // extra chars, all the same 3165 int c_final = NUL; // final char, mandatory if set 3166 int extra_attr = 0; // attributes when n_extra != 0 3167 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; // used for p_extra when 3168 // displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line 3169 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; // lcs_eol until it's been used 3170 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; // lcs_prec until it's been used 3171 3172 // saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) 3173 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3174 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3175 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3176 int saved_c_final = 0; 3177 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3178 3179 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3180 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3181 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3182 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3183 3184 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3185 3186 int fromcol = -10; // start of inverting 3187 int tocol = MAXCOL; // end of inverting 3188 int fromcol_prev = -2; // start of inverting after cursor 3189 int noinvcur = FALSE; // don't invert the cursor 3190 pos_T *top, *bot; 3191 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3192 pos_T pos; 3193 long v; 3194 3195 int char_attr = 0; // attributes for next character 3196 int attr_pri = FALSE; // char_attr has priority 3197 int area_highlighting = FALSE; // Visual or incsearch highlighting 3198 // in this line 3199 int vi_attr = 0; // attributes for Visual and incsearch 3200 // highlighting 3201 int wcr_attr = 0; // attributes from 'wincolor' 3202 int win_attr = 0; // background for whole window, except 3203 // margins and "~" lines. 3204 int area_attr = 0; // attributes desired by highlighting 3205 int search_attr = 0; // attributes desired by 'hlsearch' 3206 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3207 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3208 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3209 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3210 int save_did_emsg; 3211 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3212 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3213 #endif 3214 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3215 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 3216 int text_prop_count; 3217 int text_prop_next = 0; // next text property to use 3218 textprop_T *text_props = NULL; 3219 int *text_prop_idxs = NULL; 3220 int text_props_active = 0; 3221 proptype_T *text_prop_type = NULL; 3222 int text_prop_attr = 0; 3223 int text_prop_combine = FALSE; 3224 #endif 3225 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3226 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3227 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3228 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3229 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3230 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3231 starts */ 3232 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3233 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3234 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3235 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3236 * there are no spell errors */ 3237 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3238 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3239 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3240 #endif 3241 int extra_check = 0; // has extra highlighting 3242 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3243 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3244 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3245 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3246 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3247 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) 3248 int filler_lines = 0; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3249 int filler_todo = 0; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3250 #endif 3251 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3252 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3253 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3254 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3255 #endif 3256 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3257 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3258 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3259 chars */ 3260 #endif 3261 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) \ 3262 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3263 # define LINE_ATTR 3264 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3265 #endif 3266 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3267 int sign_present = FALSE; 3268 sign_attrs_T sattr; 3269 #endif 3270 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3271 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3272 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3273 #endif 3274 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3275 int did_line_attr = 0; 3276 #endif 3277 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3278 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3279 #endif 3280 3281 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3282 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3283 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3284 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3285 #else 3286 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3287 #endif 3288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3289 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3290 #else 3291 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3292 #endif 3293 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3294 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3295 #else 3296 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3297 #endif 3298 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3299 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3300 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3301 #else 3302 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3303 #endif 3304 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3305 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3306 #else 3307 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3308 #endif 3309 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3310 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3311 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3312 int feedback_col = 0; 3313 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3314 #endif 3315 int screen_line_flags = 0; 3316 3317 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 3318 int match_conc = 0; // cchar for match functions 3319 #endif 3320 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3321 int syntax_flags = 0; 3322 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3323 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3324 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3325 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3326 int boguscols = 0; // nonexistent columns added to force 3327 // wrapping 3328 int vcol_off = 0; // offset for concealed characters 3329 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3330 int old_boguscols = 0; 3331 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3332 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3333 { \ 3334 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3335 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3336 vcol_off = 0; \ 3337 col -= boguscols; \ 3338 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3339 boguscols = 0; \ 3340 } 3341 #else 3342 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3343 #endif 3344 3345 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3346 return startrow; 3347 3348 row = startrow; 3349 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3350 3351 if (!number_only) 3352 { 3353 /* 3354 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3355 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3356 */ 3357 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3358 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3359 #endif 3360 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3361 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3362 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3363 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3364 # endif 3365 ) 3366 { 3367 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3368 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3369 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3370 did_emsg = FALSE; 3371 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3372 if (did_emsg) 3373 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3374 else 3375 { 3376 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3377 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3378 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3379 #endif 3380 { 3381 has_syntax = TRUE; 3382 extra_check = TRUE; 3383 } 3384 } 3385 } 3386 3387 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3388 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3389 if (color_cols != NULL) 3390 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3391 #endif 3392 3393 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3394 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3395 { 3396 extra_check = TRUE; 3397 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3398 win_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, -1); 3399 } 3400 #endif 3401 3402 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3403 if (wp->w_p_spell 3404 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3405 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3406 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3407 { 3408 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3409 has_spell = TRUE; 3410 extra_check = TRUE; 3411 3412 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the 3413 * next line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3414 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3415 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3416 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3417 { 3418 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3419 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3420 } 3421 3422 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the 3423 * current line is valid. */ 3424 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3425 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3426 checked_lnum = 0; 3427 3428 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3429 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3430 * the first word. */ 3431 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3432 cap_col = -1; 3433 if (lnum == 1) 3434 cap_col = 0; 3435 capcol_lnum = 0; 3436 } 3437 #endif 3438 3439 /* 3440 * handle Visual active in this window 3441 */ 3442 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3443 { 3444 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3445 { 3446 // Visual is after curwin->w_cursor 3447 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3448 bot = &VIsual; 3449 } 3450 else 3451 { 3452 // Visual is before curwin->w_cursor 3453 top = &VIsual; 3454 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3455 } 3456 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3457 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 3458 { 3459 // block mode 3460 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3461 { 3462 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3463 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3464 } 3465 } 3466 else 3467 { 3468 // non-block mode 3469 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3470 fromcol = 0; 3471 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3472 { 3473 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') // linewise 3474 fromcol = 0; 3475 else 3476 { 3477 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3478 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3479 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3480 } 3481 } 3482 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3483 { 3484 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 && bot->coladd == 0) 3485 { 3486 fromcol = -10; 3487 tocol = MAXCOL; 3488 } 3489 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3490 tocol = MAXCOL; 3491 else 3492 { 3493 pos = *bot; 3494 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3495 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3496 else 3497 { 3498 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3499 ++tocol; 3500 } 3501 } 3502 } 3503 } 3504 3505 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3506 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3507 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3508 && !gui.in_use 3509 #endif 3510 ) 3511 noinvcur = TRUE; 3512 3513 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3514 if (fromcol >= 0) 3515 { 3516 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3517 vi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3518 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3519 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3520 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3521 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3522 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3523 vi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3524 #endif 3525 } 3526 } 3527 3528 /* 3529 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3530 */ 3531 else if (highlight_match 3532 && wp == curwin 3533 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3534 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3535 { 3536 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3537 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3538 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3539 else 3540 fromcol = 0; 3541 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3542 { 3543 pos.lnum = lnum; 3544 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3545 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3546 } 3547 else 3548 tocol = MAXCOL; 3549 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3550 if (fromcol == tocol) 3551 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3552 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3553 vi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3554 } 3555 } 3556 3557 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3558 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3559 if (filler_lines < 0) 3560 { 3561 if (filler_lines == -1) 3562 { 3563 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3564 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3565 else if (change_start == 0) 3566 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3567 else 3568 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3569 } 3570 else 3571 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3572 filler_lines = 0; 3573 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3574 } 3575 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3576 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3577 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3578 #endif 3579 3580 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3581 sign_present = buf_get_signattrs(wp->w_buffer, lnum, &sattr); 3582 #endif 3583 3584 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3585 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3586 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3587 if (sign_present) 3588 line_attr = sattr.linehl; 3589 # endif 3590 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 3591 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3592 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3593 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3594 # endif 3595 if (line_attr != 0) 3596 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3597 #endif 3598 3599 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3600 ptr = line; 3601 3602 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3603 if (has_spell && !number_only) 3604 { 3605 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3606 if (cap_col == 0) 3607 cap_col = getwhitecols(line); 3608 3609 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3610 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3611 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3612 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3613 { 3614 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3615 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3616 nextline_idx = 0; 3617 } 3618 else 3619 { 3620 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3621 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3622 { 3623 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3624 * next line. */ 3625 nextlinecol = 0; 3626 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3627 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3628 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3629 } 3630 else 3631 { 3632 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3633 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3634 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3635 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3636 } 3637 } 3638 } 3639 #endif 3640 3641 if (wp->w_p_list) 3642 { 3643 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail || lcs_nbsp) 3644 extra_check = TRUE; 3645 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3646 if (lcs_trail) 3647 { 3648 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3649 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3650 --trailcol; 3651 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3652 } 3653 } 3654 3655 wcr_attr = get_wcr_attr(wp); 3656 if (wcr_attr != 0) 3657 { 3658 win_attr = wcr_attr; 3659 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3660 } 3661 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 3662 if (WIN_IS_POPUP(wp)) 3663 screen_line_flags |= SLF_POPUP; 3664 #endif 3665 3666 /* 3667 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3668 * first character to be displayed. 3669 */ 3670 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3671 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3672 else 3673 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3674 if (v > 0 && !number_only) 3675 { 3676 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3677 3678 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3679 { 3680 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3681 vcol += c; 3682 prev_ptr = ptr; 3683 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3684 } 3685 3686 /* When: 3687 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3688 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3689 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3690 * - the visual mode is active, 3691 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3692 */ 3693 if (vcol < v && ( 3694 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3695 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3696 #endif 3697 virtual_active() || 3698 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3699 vcol = v; 3700 3701 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3702 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3703 if (vcol > v) 3704 { 3705 vcol -= c; 3706 ptr = prev_ptr; 3707 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3708 * Except for a TAB. */ 3709 if (( (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3710 n_skip = v - vcol; 3711 } 3712 3713 /* 3714 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3715 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3716 */ 3717 if (tocol <= vcol) 3718 fromcol = 0; 3719 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3720 fromcol = vcol; 3721 3722 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3723 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3724 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3725 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3726 #endif 3727 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3728 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3729 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3730 if (has_spell) 3731 { 3732 int len; 3733 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3734 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3735 3736 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3737 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3738 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3739 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3740 3741 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3742 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3743 ptr = line + linecol; 3744 3745 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3746 { 3747 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3748 * word */ 3749 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3750 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3751 } 3752 else 3753 { 3754 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3755 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3756 3757 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3758 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3759 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3760 } 3761 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3762 3763 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3764 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3765 if (has_syntax) 3766 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3767 # endif 3768 } 3769 #endif 3770 } 3771 3772 /* 3773 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3774 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3775 */ 3776 if (fromcol >= 0) 3777 { 3778 if (noinvcur) 3779 { 3780 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3781 { 3782 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3783 * cursor */ 3784 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3785 fromcol = -1; 3786 } 3787 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3788 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3789 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3790 } 3791 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3792 fromcol = -1; 3793 } 3794 3795 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3796 if (!number_only) 3797 { 3798 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3799 area_highlighting |= prepare_search_hl_line(wp, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3800 &line, &search_hl, &search_attr); 3801 ptr = line + v; // "line" may have been updated 3802 } 3803 #endif 3804 3805 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3806 // Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. 3807 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3808 { 3809 // Do not show the cursor line when Visual mode is active, because it's 3810 // not clear what is selected then. Do update w_last_cursorline. 3811 if (!(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3812 { 3813 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3814 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3815 } 3816 wp->w_last_cursorline = wp->w_cursor.lnum; 3817 } 3818 #endif 3819 3820 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 3821 { 3822 char_u *prop_start; 3823 3824 text_prop_count = get_text_props(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3825 &prop_start, FALSE); 3826 if (text_prop_count > 0) 3827 { 3828 // Make a copy of the properties, so that they are properly 3829 // aligned. 3830 text_props = ALLOC_MULT(textprop_T, text_prop_count); 3831 if (text_props != NULL) 3832 mch_memmove(text_props, prop_start, 3833 text_prop_count * sizeof(textprop_T)); 3834 3835 // Allocate an array for the indexes. 3836 text_prop_idxs = ALLOC_MULT(int, text_prop_count); 3837 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3838 extra_check = TRUE; 3839 } 3840 } 3841 #endif 3842 3843 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3844 col = 0; 3845 3846 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3847 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3848 { 3849 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3850 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3851 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3852 col = wp->w_width - 1; 3853 off += col; 3854 screen_line_flags |= SLF_RIGHTLEFT; 3855 } 3856 #endif 3857 3858 /* 3859 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3860 */ 3861 for (;;) 3862 { 3863 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 3864 int has_match_conc = 0; // match wants to conceal 3865 #endif 3866 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3867 int did_decrement_ptr = FALSE; 3868 #endif 3869 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3870 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3871 { 3872 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3873 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3874 { 3875 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3876 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3877 { 3878 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3879 n_extra = 1; 3880 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3881 c_final = NUL; 3882 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 3883 } 3884 } 3885 #endif 3886 3887 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3888 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3889 { 3890 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3891 3892 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3893 if (fdc > 0) 3894 { 3895 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3896 * already be in use. */ 3897 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3898 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3899 3900 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3901 { 3902 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3903 n_extra = fdc; 3904 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3905 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3906 c_extra = NUL; 3907 c_final = NUL; 3908 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 3909 } 3910 } 3911 } 3912 #endif 3913 3914 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3915 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3916 { 3917 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3918 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3919 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3920 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3921 get_sign_display_info(FALSE, wp, lnum, &sattr, wcr_attr, 3922 row, startrow, filler_lines, filler_todo, &c_extra, 3923 &c_final, extra, &p_extra, &n_extra, &char_attr); 3924 } 3925 #endif 3926 3927 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3928 { 3929 draw_state = WL_NR; 3930 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3931 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3932 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3933 && (row == startrow 3934 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3935 + filler_lines 3936 #endif 3937 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3938 { 3939 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3940 // If 'signcolumn' is set to 'number' and a sign is present 3941 // in 'lnum', then display the sign instead of the line 3942 // number. 3943 if ((*wp->w_p_scl == 'n' && *(wp->w_p_scl + 1) == 'u') 3944 && sign_present) 3945 get_sign_display_info(TRUE, wp, lnum, &sattr, wcr_attr, 3946 row, startrow, filler_lines, filler_todo, 3947 &c_extra, &c_final, extra, &p_extra, &n_extra, 3948 &char_attr); 3949 else 3950 #endif 3951 { 3952 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3953 if (row == startrow 3954 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3955 + filler_lines 3956 #endif 3957 ) 3958 { 3959 long num; 3960 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3961 3962 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3963 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3964 num = (long)lnum; 3965 else 3966 { 3967 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3968 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3969 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3970 { 3971 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3972 num = lnum; 3973 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3974 } 3975 } 3976 3977 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3978 number_width(wp), num); 3979 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3980 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3981 *p_extra = '-'; 3982 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3983 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3984 { 3985 char_u *p1, *p2; 3986 int t; 3987 3988 // like rl_mirror(), but keep the space at the end 3989 p2 = skiptowhite(extra) - 1; 3990 for (p1 = extra; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 3991 { 3992 t = *p1; 3993 *p1 = *p2; 3994 *p2 = t; 3995 } 3996 } 3997 #endif 3998 p_extra = extra; 3999 c_extra = NUL; 4000 c_final = NUL; 4001 } 4002 else 4003 { 4004 c_extra = ' '; 4005 c_final = NUL; 4006 } 4007 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 4008 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_N)); 4009 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4010 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 4011 * the current line differently. 4012 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 4013 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 4014 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 4015 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4016 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(wcr_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN)); 4017 #endif 4018 } 4019 } 4020 } 4021 4022 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4023 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 4024 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 4025 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 4026 draw_state = WL_BRI; 4027 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 4028 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 4029 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 4030 4031 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 4032 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4033 { 4034 draw_state = WL_BRI; 4035 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 4036 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 4037 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 4038 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4039 && filler_lines == 0 4040 # endif 4041 ) 4042 { 4043 char_attr = 0; 4044 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4045 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4046 { 4047 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4048 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4049 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4050 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4051 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4052 # endif 4053 } 4054 # endif 4055 p_extra = NULL; 4056 c_extra = ' '; 4057 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 4058 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 4059 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 4060 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4061 if (tocol == vcol) 4062 tocol += n_extra; 4063 } 4064 } 4065 #endif 4066 4067 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 4068 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4069 { 4070 draw_state = WL_SBR; 4071 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4072 if (filler_todo > 0) 4073 { 4074 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 4075 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 4076 { 4077 c_extra = '-'; 4078 c_final = NUL; 4079 } 4080 else 4081 { 4082 c_extra = fill_diff; 4083 c_final = NUL; 4084 } 4085 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4086 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4087 n_extra = col + 1; 4088 else 4089 # endif 4090 n_extra = wp->w_width - col; 4091 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 4092 } 4093 # endif 4094 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4095 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 4096 { 4097 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 4098 p_extra = p_sbr; 4099 c_extra = NUL; 4100 c_final = NUL; 4101 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 4102 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4103 need_showbreak = FALSE; 4104 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4105 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 4106 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4107 if (tocol == vcol) 4108 tocol += n_extra; 4109 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4110 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 4111 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4112 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4113 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4114 #endif 4115 } 4116 # endif 4117 } 4118 #endif 4119 4120 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4121 { 4122 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4123 if (saved_n_extra) 4124 { 4125 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4126 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4127 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4128 c_final = saved_c_final; 4129 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4130 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4131 } 4132 else 4133 char_attr = win_attr; 4134 } 4135 } 4136 4137 // When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor. 4138 // When only displaying the (relative) line number and that's done, 4139 // stop here. 4140 if ((dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4141 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4142 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4143 && filler_todo <= 0 4144 #endif 4145 ) 4146 || (number_only && draw_state > WL_NR)) 4147 { 4148 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, -(int)wp->w_width, 4149 screen_line_flags); 4150 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4151 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4152 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4153 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4154 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4155 else 4156 #endif 4157 row = wp->w_height; 4158 break; 4159 } 4160 4161 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && (area_highlighting 4162 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4163 || has_spell 4164 #endif 4165 )) 4166 { 4167 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4168 if (vcol == fromcol 4169 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4170 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4171 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4172 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4173 && vcol < tocol)) 4174 area_attr = vi_attr; /* start highlighting */ 4175 else if (area_attr != 0 4176 && (vcol == tocol 4177 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4178 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4179 4180 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4181 if (!n_extra) 4182 { 4183 /* 4184 * Check for start/end of 'hlsearch' and other matches. 4185 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4186 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4187 */ 4188 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4189 search_attr = update_search_hl(wp, lnum, (colnr_T)v, &line, 4190 &search_hl, &has_match_conc, &match_conc, 4191 did_line_attr, lcs_eol_one); 4192 ptr = line + v; // "line" may have been changed 4193 } 4194 #endif 4195 4196 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4197 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4198 { 4199 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4200 && n_extra == 0) 4201 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4202 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4203 && n_extra == 0) 4204 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4205 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4206 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4207 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4208 } 4209 #endif 4210 4211 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4212 if (text_props != NULL) 4213 { 4214 int pi; 4215 int bcol = (int)(ptr - line); 4216 4217 if (n_extra > 0) 4218 --bcol; // still working on the previous char, e.g. Tab 4219 4220 // Check if any active property ends. 4221 for (pi = 0; pi < text_props_active; ++pi) 4222 { 4223 int tpi = text_prop_idxs[pi]; 4224 4225 if (bcol >= text_props[tpi].tp_col - 1 4226 + text_props[tpi].tp_len) 4227 { 4228 if (pi + 1 < text_props_active) 4229 mch_memmove(text_prop_idxs + pi, 4230 text_prop_idxs + pi + 1, 4231 sizeof(int) 4232 * (text_props_active - (pi + 1))); 4233 --text_props_active; 4234 --pi; 4235 } 4236 } 4237 4238 // Add any text property that starts in this column. 4239 while (text_prop_next < text_prop_count 4240 && bcol >= text_props[text_prop_next].tp_col - 1) 4241 text_prop_idxs[text_props_active++] = text_prop_next++; 4242 4243 text_prop_attr = 0; 4244 text_prop_combine = FALSE; 4245 if (text_props_active > 0) 4246 { 4247 // Sort the properties on priority and/or starting last. 4248 // Then combine the attributes, highest priority last. 4249 current_text_props = text_props; 4250 current_buf = wp->w_buffer; 4251 qsort((void *)text_prop_idxs, (size_t)text_props_active, 4252 sizeof(int), text_prop_compare); 4253 4254 for (pi = 0; pi < text_props_active; ++pi) 4255 { 4256 int tpi = text_prop_idxs[pi]; 4257 proptype_T *pt = text_prop_type_by_id( 4258 wp->w_buffer, text_props[tpi].tp_type); 4259 4260 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_hl_id > 0) 4261 { 4262 int pt_attr = syn_id2attr(pt->pt_hl_id); 4263 4264 text_prop_type = pt; 4265 text_prop_attr = 4266 hl_combine_attr(text_prop_attr, pt_attr); 4267 text_prop_combine = pt->pt_flags & PT_FLAG_COMBINE; 4268 } 4269 } 4270 } 4271 } 4272 #endif 4273 4274 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4275 attr_pri = TRUE; 4276 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4277 if (area_attr != 0) 4278 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4279 else if (search_attr != 0) 4280 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4281 # ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4282 else if (text_prop_type != NULL) 4283 { 4284 char_attr = hl_combine_attr( 4285 line_attr != 0 ? line_attr : win_attr, text_prop_attr); 4286 } 4287 # endif 4288 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4289 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4290 || vcol >= tocol)) 4291 // Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4292 // (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). 4293 char_attr = line_attr; 4294 #else 4295 if (area_attr != 0) 4296 char_attr = area_attr; 4297 else if (search_attr != 0) 4298 char_attr = search_attr; 4299 #endif 4300 else 4301 { 4302 attr_pri = FALSE; 4303 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4304 if (text_prop_type != NULL) 4305 { 4306 if (text_prop_combine) 4307 char_attr = hl_combine_attr( 4308 syntax_attr, text_prop_attr); 4309 else 4310 char_attr = hl_combine_attr( 4311 win_attr, text_prop_attr); 4312 } 4313 else 4314 #endif 4315 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4316 if (has_syntax) 4317 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4318 else 4319 #endif 4320 char_attr = 0; 4321 } 4322 } 4323 if (char_attr == 0) 4324 char_attr = win_attr; 4325 4326 /* 4327 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4328 */ 4329 /* 4330 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4331 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4332 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4333 * If c_final is set, it will compulsorily be used at the end. 4334 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4335 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4336 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4337 */ 4338 if (n_extra > 0) 4339 { 4340 if (c_extra != NUL || (n_extra == 1 && c_final != NUL)) 4341 { 4342 c = (n_extra == 1 && c_final != NUL) ? c_final : c_extra; 4343 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4344 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4345 { 4346 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4347 u8cc[0] = 0; 4348 c = 0xc0; 4349 } 4350 else 4351 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4352 } 4353 else 4354 { 4355 c = *p_extra; 4356 if (has_mbyte) 4357 { 4358 mb_c = c; 4359 if (enc_utf8) 4360 { 4361 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4362 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4363 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4364 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4365 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4366 mb_l = 1; 4367 else if (mb_l > 1) 4368 { 4369 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4370 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4371 c = 0xc0; 4372 } 4373 } 4374 else 4375 { 4376 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4377 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4378 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4379 mb_l = 1; 4380 else if (mb_l > 1) 4381 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4382 } 4383 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4384 mb_l = 1; 4385 4386 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4387 * last column. */ 4388 if (( 4389 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4390 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4391 # endif 4392 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4393 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4394 { 4395 c = '>'; 4396 mb_c = c; 4397 mb_l = 1; 4398 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4399 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4400 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4401 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4402 ++n_extra; 4403 --p_extra; 4404 } 4405 else 4406 { 4407 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4408 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4409 } 4410 } 4411 ++p_extra; 4412 } 4413 --n_extra; 4414 } 4415 else 4416 { 4417 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4418 int c0; 4419 #endif 4420 4421 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4422 VIM_CLEAR(p_extra_free); 4423 /* 4424 * Get a character from the line itself. 4425 */ 4426 c = *ptr; 4427 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4428 c0 = *ptr; 4429 #endif 4430 if (has_mbyte) 4431 { 4432 mb_c = c; 4433 if (enc_utf8) 4434 { 4435 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4436 * into "mb_c". */ 4437 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4438 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4439 if (mb_l > 1) 4440 { 4441 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4442 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4443 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4444 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4445 { 4446 c = mb_c; 4447 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4448 c0 = mb_c; 4449 #endif 4450 } 4451 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4452 4453 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4454 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4455 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4456 { 4457 int i; 4458 4459 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4460 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4461 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4462 mb_c = ' '; 4463 } 4464 } 4465 4466 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4467 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4468 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)))) 4469 { 4470 /* 4471 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4472 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4473 */ 4474 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4475 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4476 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4477 rl_mirror(extra); 4478 # endif 4479 p_extra = extra; 4480 c = *p_extra; 4481 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4482 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4483 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4484 c_extra = NUL; 4485 c_final = NUL; 4486 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4487 { 4488 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4489 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4490 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4491 } 4492 } 4493 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4494 mb_l = 1; 4495 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4496 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4497 { 4498 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4499 int pc, pc1, nc; 4500 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4501 4502 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4503 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4504 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4505 { 4506 pc = prev_c; 4507 pc1 = prev_c1; 4508 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4509 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4510 } 4511 else 4512 { 4513 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4514 nc = prev_c; 4515 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4516 } 4517 prev_c = mb_c; 4518 4519 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4520 } 4521 else 4522 prev_c = mb_c; 4523 #endif 4524 } 4525 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4526 { 4527 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4528 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4529 mb_l = 1; 4530 else if (mb_l > 1) 4531 { 4532 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4533 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4534 */ 4535 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4536 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4537 else 4538 { 4539 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4540 { 4541 /* head byte at end of line */ 4542 mb_l = 1; 4543 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4544 } 4545 else 4546 { 4547 /* illegal tail byte */ 4548 mb_l = 2; 4549 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4550 } 4551 p_extra = extra; 4552 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4553 c_extra = NUL; 4554 c_final = NUL; 4555 c = *p_extra++; 4556 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4557 { 4558 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4559 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4560 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4561 } 4562 mb_c = c; 4563 } 4564 } 4565 } 4566 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4567 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4568 * next line. */ 4569 if (( 4570 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4571 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4572 # endif 4573 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4574 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4575 { 4576 c = '>'; 4577 mb_c = c; 4578 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4579 mb_l = 1; 4580 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4581 // Put pointer back so that the character will be 4582 // displayed at the start of the next line. 4583 --ptr; 4584 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4585 did_decrement_ptr = TRUE; 4586 #endif 4587 } 4588 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4589 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4590 4591 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4592 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4593 * characters. */ 4594 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4595 { 4596 n_extra = 1; 4597 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4598 c_final = NUL; 4599 c = ' '; 4600 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4601 { 4602 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4603 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4604 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4605 } 4606 mb_c = c; 4607 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4608 mb_l = 1; 4609 } 4610 4611 } 4612 ++ptr; 4613 4614 if (extra_check) 4615 { 4616 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4617 int can_spell = TRUE; 4618 #endif 4619 4620 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4621 if (get_term_attr) 4622 { 4623 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4624 4625 if (!attr_pri) 4626 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4627 else 4628 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4629 } 4630 #endif 4631 4632 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4633 // Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4634 // (double-wide char that doesn't fit). 4635 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4636 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4637 { 4638 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4639 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4640 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4641 did_emsg = FALSE; 4642 4643 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4644 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4645 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4646 # endif 4647 NULL, FALSE); 4648 4649 if (did_emsg) 4650 { 4651 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4652 has_syntax = FALSE; 4653 syntax_attr = 0; 4654 } 4655 else 4656 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4657 4658 // combine syntax attribute with 'wincolor' 4659 if (win_attr != 0) 4660 syntax_attr = hl_combine_attr(win_attr, syntax_attr); 4661 4662 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4663 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4664 has_syntax = FALSE; 4665 #endif 4666 4667 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4668 * have made it invalid. */ 4669 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4670 ptr = line + v; 4671 4672 # ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4673 // Text properties overrule syntax highlighting or combine. 4674 if (text_prop_attr == 0 || text_prop_combine) 4675 # endif 4676 { 4677 int comb_attr = syntax_attr; 4678 # ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4679 comb_attr = hl_combine_attr(text_prop_attr, comb_attr); 4680 # endif 4681 if (!attr_pri) 4682 char_attr = comb_attr; 4683 else 4684 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(comb_attr, char_attr); 4685 } 4686 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4687 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4688 * with line highlighting */ 4689 if (c == NUL) 4690 syntax_flags = 0; 4691 else 4692 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4693 # endif 4694 } 4695 #endif 4696 4697 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4698 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4699 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4700 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4701 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4702 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4703 { 4704 spell_attr = 0; 4705 if (c != 0 && ( 4706 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4707 !has_syntax || 4708 # endif 4709 can_spell)) 4710 { 4711 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4712 int len; 4713 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4714 if (has_mbyte) 4715 { 4716 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4717 v -= mb_l - 1; 4718 } 4719 else 4720 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4721 4722 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4723 * next line concatenated. */ 4724 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4725 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4726 else 4727 p = prev_ptr; 4728 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4729 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4730 nochange); 4731 word_end = v + len; 4732 4733 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4734 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4735 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4736 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4737 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4738 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4739 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4740 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4741 { 4742 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4743 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4744 } 4745 4746 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4747 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4748 { 4749 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4750 * start of the next line. */ 4751 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4752 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4753 } 4754 4755 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4756 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4757 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4758 4759 if (cap_col > 0) 4760 { 4761 if (p != prev_ptr 4762 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4763 { 4764 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4765 * must start with a capital. */ 4766 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4767 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4768 - nextline_idx); 4769 } 4770 else 4771 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4772 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4773 } 4774 } 4775 } 4776 if (spell_attr != 0) 4777 { 4778 if (!attr_pri) 4779 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4780 else 4781 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4782 } 4783 #endif 4784 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4785 /* 4786 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4787 */ 4788 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4789 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4790 { 4791 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4792 char_u *p = ptr - (mb_off + 1); 4793 4794 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4795 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4796 NULL) - 1; 4797 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > wp->w_width) 4798 # ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4799 n_extra = tabstop_padding(vcol, wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4800 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4801 # else 4802 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4803 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4804 # endif 4805 4806 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4807 c_final = NUL; 4808 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4809 { 4810 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4811 if (c == TAB) 4812 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4813 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4814 #endif 4815 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4816 c = ' '; 4817 } 4818 } 4819 #endif 4820 4821 // 'list': Change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4822 // But not when the character is followed by a composing 4823 // character (use mb_l to check that). 4824 if (wp->w_p_list 4825 && ((((c == 160 && mb_l == 1) 4826 || (mb_utf8 4827 && ((mb_c == 160 && mb_l == 2) 4828 || (mb_c == 0x202f && mb_l == 3)))) 4829 && lcs_nbsp) 4830 || (c == ' ' 4831 && mb_l == 1 4832 && lcs_space 4833 && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4834 { 4835 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4836 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4837 { 4838 n_attr = 1; 4839 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4840 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4841 } 4842 mb_c = c; 4843 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4844 { 4845 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4846 u8cc[0] = 0; 4847 c = 0xc0; 4848 } 4849 else 4850 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4851 } 4852 4853 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4854 { 4855 c = lcs_trail; 4856 if (!attr_pri) 4857 { 4858 n_attr = 1; 4859 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4860 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4861 } 4862 mb_c = c; 4863 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4864 { 4865 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4866 u8cc[0] = 0; 4867 c = 0xc0; 4868 } 4869 else 4870 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4871 } 4872 } 4873 4874 /* 4875 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4876 */ 4877 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4878 { 4879 /* 4880 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4881 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4882 * into "ScreenLines". 4883 */ 4884 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4885 { 4886 int tab_len = 0; 4887 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4888 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4889 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4890 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4891 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4892 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4893 #endif 4894 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4895 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4896 tab_len = tabstop_padding(vcol_adjusted, 4897 wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4898 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4899 #else 4900 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4901 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4902 #endif 4903 4904 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4905 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4906 #endif 4907 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4908 n_extra = tab_len; 4909 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4910 else 4911 { 4912 char_u *p; 4913 int len; 4914 int i; 4915 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4916 4917 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4918 if (vcol_off > 0) 4919 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4920 tab_len += vcol_off; 4921 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4922 */ 4923 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4924 && n_extra > tab_len) 4925 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4926 #endif 4927 4928 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4929 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4930 * for a tab */ 4931 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4932 if (n_extra > 0) 4933 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4934 c = lcs_tab1; 4935 p = alloc(len + 1); 4936 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4937 p[len] = NUL; 4938 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4939 p_extra_free = p; 4940 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4941 { 4942 if (*p == NUL) 4943 { 4944 tab_len = i; 4945 break; 4946 } 4947 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4948 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4949 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4950 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4951 } 4952 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4953 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4954 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4955 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4956 if (vcol_off > 0) 4957 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4958 #endif 4959 } 4960 #endif 4961 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4962 { 4963 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4964 4965 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4966 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4967 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4968 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4969 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4970 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4971 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4972 4973 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4974 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4975 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4976 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4977 && lcs_tab1) 4978 tab_len += vc_saved; 4979 } 4980 #endif 4981 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4982 if (wp->w_p_list) 4983 { 4984 c = (n_extra == 0 && lcs_tab3) ? lcs_tab3 : lcs_tab1; 4985 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4986 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4987 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4988 else 4989 #endif 4990 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4991 c_final = lcs_tab3; 4992 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4993 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4994 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4995 mb_c = c; 4996 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4997 { 4998 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4999 u8cc[0] = 0; 5000 c = 0xc0; 5001 } 5002 } 5003 else 5004 { 5005 c_final = NUL; 5006 c_extra = ' '; 5007 c = ' '; 5008 } 5009 } 5010 else if (c == NUL 5011 && (wp->w_p_list 5012 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 5013 && tocol > vcol 5014 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5015 && ( 5016 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5017 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5018 # endif 5019 (col < wp->w_width)) 5020 && !(noinvcur 5021 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5022 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 5023 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5024 { 5025 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 5026 * character if the line break is included. */ 5027 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 5028 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 5029 * "$". */ 5030 if ( 5031 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5032 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5033 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5034 && 5035 # endif 5036 # endif 5037 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5038 line_attr == 0 5039 # endif 5040 ) 5041 #endif 5042 { 5043 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 5044 * beyond end of line. */ 5045 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 5046 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 5047 n_extra = 0; 5048 else 5049 { 5050 p_extra = at_end_str; 5051 n_extra = 1; 5052 c_extra = NUL; 5053 c_final = NUL; 5054 } 5055 } 5056 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 5057 c = lcs_eol; 5058 else 5059 c = ' '; 5060 lcs_eol_one = -1; 5061 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5062 if (!attr_pri) 5063 { 5064 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5065 n_attr = 1; 5066 } 5067 mb_c = c; 5068 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5069 { 5070 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5071 u8cc[0] = 0; 5072 c = 0xc0; 5073 } 5074 else 5075 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5076 } 5077 else if (c != NUL) 5078 { 5079 p_extra = transchar(c); 5080 if (n_extra == 0) 5081 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5082 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5083 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 5084 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5085 #endif 5086 c_extra = NUL; 5087 c_final = NUL; 5088 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5089 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5090 { 5091 char_u *p; 5092 5093 c = *p_extra; 5094 p = alloc(n_extra + 1); 5095 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5096 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5097 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5098 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5099 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5100 } 5101 else 5102 #endif 5103 { 5104 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5105 c = *p_extra++; 5106 } 5107 if (!attr_pri) 5108 { 5109 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5110 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5111 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5112 } 5113 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5114 } 5115 else if (VIsual_active 5116 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5117 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5118 && virtual_active() 5119 && tocol != MAXCOL 5120 && vcol < tocol 5121 && ( 5122 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5123 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5124 #endif 5125 (col < wp->w_width))) 5126 { 5127 c = ' '; 5128 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5129 } 5130 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5131 else if (( 5132 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5133 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5134 # endif 5135 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5136 win_attr != 0 || 5137 # endif 5138 line_attr != 0 5139 ) && ( 5140 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5141 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5142 # endif 5143 (col 5144 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5145 - boguscols 5146 # endif 5147 < wp->w_width))) 5148 { 5149 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5150 c = ' '; 5151 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5152 5153 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5154 ++did_line_attr; 5155 5156 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5157 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr 5158 && (did_line_attr > 1 5159 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0))) 5160 char_attr = line_attr; 5161 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5162 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5163 { 5164 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5165 if (vi_attr == 0 || char_attr != vi_attr) 5166 { 5167 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5168 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5169 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5170 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5171 } 5172 } 5173 # endif 5174 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5175 if (win_attr != 0) 5176 { 5177 char_attr = win_attr; 5178 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5179 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5180 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5181 else if (line_attr) 5182 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, line_attr); 5183 } 5184 # endif 5185 } 5186 #endif 5187 } 5188 5189 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5190 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5191 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5192 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) 5193 && ((syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5194 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5195 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5196 { 5197 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5198 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5199 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5200 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5201 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5202 { 5203 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5204 * character. */ 5205 if (match_conc) 5206 c = match_conc; 5207 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5208 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5209 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5210 c = lcs_conceal; 5211 else 5212 c = ' '; 5213 5214 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5215 5216 if (n_extra > 0) 5217 vcol_off += n_extra; 5218 vcol += n_extra; 5219 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5220 { 5221 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5222 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5223 { 5224 col -= n_extra; 5225 boguscols -= n_extra; 5226 } 5227 else 5228 # endif 5229 { 5230 boguscols += n_extra; 5231 col += n_extra; 5232 } 5233 } 5234 n_extra = 0; 5235 n_attr = 0; 5236 } 5237 else if (n_skip == 0) 5238 { 5239 is_concealing = TRUE; 5240 n_skip = 1; 5241 } 5242 mb_c = c; 5243 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5244 { 5245 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5246 u8cc[0] = 0; 5247 c = 0xc0; 5248 } 5249 else 5250 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5251 } 5252 else 5253 { 5254 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5255 is_concealing = FALSE; 5256 } 5257 5258 if (n_skip > 0 && did_decrement_ptr) 5259 // not showing the '>', put pointer back to avoid getting stuck 5260 ++ptr; 5261 5262 #endif // FEAT_CONCEAL 5263 } 5264 5265 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5266 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5267 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5268 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5269 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5270 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5271 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5272 { 5273 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5274 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5275 wp->w_wcol = wp->w_width - col + boguscols - 1; 5276 else 5277 # endif 5278 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5279 wp->w_wrow = row; 5280 did_wcol = TRUE; 5281 } 5282 #endif 5283 5284 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5285 if (n_attr > 0 5286 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5287 && !attr_pri) 5288 char_attr = extra_attr; 5289 5290 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5291 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5292 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5293 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5294 if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT 5295 && xic != NULL 5296 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5297 && (State & INSERT) 5298 && !p_imdisable 5299 && im_is_preediting() 5300 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5301 { 5302 colnr_T tcol; 5303 5304 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5305 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5306 else 5307 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5308 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5309 { 5310 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5311 { 5312 feedback_col = 0; 5313 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5314 } 5315 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5316 if (char_attr < 0) 5317 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5318 feedback_col++; 5319 } 5320 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5321 { 5322 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5323 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5324 feedback_col = 0; 5325 } 5326 } 5327 #endif 5328 /* 5329 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5330 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5331 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5332 */ 5333 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5334 && wp->w_p_list 5335 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5336 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5337 && filler_todo <= 0 5338 #endif 5339 && draw_state > WL_NR 5340 && c != NUL) 5341 { 5342 c = lcs_prec; 5343 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5344 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5345 { 5346 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5347 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5348 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5349 c_final = NUL; 5350 n_extra = 1; 5351 n_attr = 2; 5352 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5353 } 5354 mb_c = c; 5355 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5356 { 5357 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5358 u8cc[0] = 0; 5359 c = 0xc0; 5360 } 5361 else 5362 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5363 if (!attr_pri) 5364 { 5365 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5366 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5367 n_attr3 = 1; 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 /* 5372 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5373 */ 5374 if ((c == NUL 5375 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5376 || did_line_attr == 1 5377 #endif 5378 ) && eol_hl_off == 0) 5379 { 5380 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5381 // flag to indicate whether prevcol equals startcol of search_hl or 5382 // one of the matches 5383 int prevcol_hl_flag = get_prevcol_hl_flag(wp, &search_hl, 5384 (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL)); 5385 #endif 5386 // Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5387 // highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5388 // char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5389 // needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. 5390 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5391 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5392 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5393 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5394 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5395 && c == NUL) 5396 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5397 // highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line 5398 || (prevcol_hl_flag 5399 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5400 && !(wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5401 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 5402 # endif 5403 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5404 && diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5405 # endif 5406 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5407 && did_line_attr <= 1 5408 # endif 5409 ) 5410 #endif 5411 )) 5412 { 5413 int n = 0; 5414 5415 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5416 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5417 { 5418 if (col < 0) 5419 n = 1; 5420 } 5421 else 5422 #endif 5423 { 5424 if (col >= wp->w_width) 5425 n = -1; 5426 } 5427 if (n != 0) 5428 { 5429 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5430 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5431 off += n; 5432 col += n; 5433 } 5434 else 5435 { 5436 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5437 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5438 if (enc_utf8) 5439 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5440 } 5441 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5442 if (area_attr == 0) 5443 { 5444 // Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5445 // 'search_hl' and the match list. 5446 get_search_match_hl(wp, &search_hl, 5447 (long)(ptr - line), &char_attr); 5448 } 5449 #endif 5450 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5452 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5453 { 5454 --col; 5455 --off; 5456 } 5457 else 5458 #endif 5459 { 5460 ++col; 5461 ++off; 5462 } 5463 ++vcol; 5464 eol_hl_off = 1; 5465 } 5466 } 5467 5468 /* 5469 * At end of the text line. 5470 */ 5471 if (c == NUL) 5472 { 5473 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5474 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5475 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5476 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5477 else 5478 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5479 5480 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5481 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5482 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5483 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5484 // Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5485 // edge for 'cursorcolumn'. 5486 col -= boguscols; 5487 boguscols = 0; 5488 #endif 5489 5490 if (draw_color_col) 5491 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5492 5493 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5494 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5495 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5496 wp->w_width * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5497 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5498 || draw_color_col 5499 || win_attr != 0) 5500 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5501 && !wp->w_p_rl 5502 # endif 5503 ) 5504 { 5505 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5506 int i; 5507 5508 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5509 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5510 if (draw_color_col) 5511 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5512 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5513 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5514 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5515 5516 while (col < wp->w_width) 5517 { 5518 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5519 if (enc_utf8) 5520 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5521 ++col; 5522 if (draw_color_col) 5523 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5524 &color_cols); 5525 5526 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5527 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5528 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5529 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5530 else 5531 ScreenAttrs[off++] = win_attr; 5532 5533 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol && win_attr == 0) 5534 break; 5535 5536 ++vcol; 5537 } 5538 } 5539 #endif 5540 5541 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5542 (int)wp->w_width, screen_line_flags); 5543 row++; 5544 5545 /* 5546 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5547 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5548 */ 5549 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5550 { 5551 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5552 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5553 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5554 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5555 #endif 5556 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5557 } 5558 5559 break; 5560 } 5561 5562 // Show "extends" character from 'listchars' if beyond the line end and 5563 // 'list' is set. 5564 if (lcs_ext != NUL 5565 && wp->w_p_list 5566 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5567 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5568 && filler_todo <= 0 5569 #endif 5570 && ( 5571 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5572 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5573 #endif 5574 col == wp->w_width - 1) 5575 && (*ptr != NUL 5576 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5577 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5578 { 5579 c = lcs_ext; 5580 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5581 mb_c = c; 5582 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5583 { 5584 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5585 u8cc[0] = 0; 5586 c = 0xc0; 5587 } 5588 else 5589 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5590 } 5591 5592 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5593 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5594 if (draw_color_col) 5595 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5596 5597 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5598 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5599 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5600 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5601 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5602 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5603 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5604 { 5605 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5606 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5607 { 5608 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5609 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5610 } 5611 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5612 { 5613 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5614 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5615 } 5616 } 5617 #endif 5618 5619 /* 5620 * Store character to be displayed. 5621 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5622 */ 5623 vcol_prev = vcol; 5624 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5625 { 5626 /* 5627 * Store the character. 5628 */ 5629 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) 5630 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5631 { 5632 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5633 --off; 5634 --col; 5635 } 5636 #endif 5637 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5638 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5639 { 5640 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5641 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5642 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5643 } 5644 else if (enc_utf8) 5645 { 5646 if (mb_utf8) 5647 { 5648 int i; 5649 5650 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5651 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5652 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5653 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5654 { 5655 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5656 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5657 break; 5658 } 5659 } 5660 else 5661 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5662 } 5663 if (multi_attr) 5664 { 5665 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5666 multi_attr = 0; 5667 } 5668 else 5669 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5670 5671 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5672 { 5673 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5674 ++off; 5675 ++col; 5676 if (enc_utf8) 5677 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5678 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5679 else 5680 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5681 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5682 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5684 && filler_todo <= 0 5685 #endif 5686 ) 5687 ++vcol; 5688 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5689 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5690 if (tocol == vcol) 5691 ++tocol; 5692 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5693 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5694 { 5695 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5696 --off; 5697 --col; 5698 } 5699 #endif 5700 } 5701 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5702 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5703 { 5704 --off; 5705 --col; 5706 } 5707 else 5708 #endif 5709 { 5710 ++off; 5711 ++col; 5712 } 5713 } 5714 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5715 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5716 { 5717 --n_skip; 5718 ++vcol_off; 5719 if (n_extra > 0) 5720 vcol_off += n_extra; 5721 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5722 { 5723 /* 5724 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5725 * 5726 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5727 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5728 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5729 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5730 * 5731 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5732 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5733 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5734 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5735 */ 5736 if (n_extra > 0) 5737 { 5738 vcol += n_extra; 5739 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5740 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5741 { 5742 col -= n_extra; 5743 boguscols -= n_extra; 5744 } 5745 else 5746 # endif 5747 { 5748 col += n_extra; 5749 boguscols += n_extra; 5750 } 5751 n_extra = 0; 5752 n_attr = 0; 5753 } 5754 5755 5756 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5757 { 5758 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5759 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5760 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5761 { 5762 --boguscols; 5763 --col; 5764 } 5765 else 5766 # endif 5767 { 5768 ++boguscols; 5769 ++col; 5770 } 5771 } 5772 5773 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5774 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5775 { 5776 --boguscols; 5777 --col; 5778 } 5779 else 5780 # endif 5781 { 5782 ++boguscols; 5783 ++col; 5784 } 5785 } 5786 else 5787 { 5788 if (n_extra > 0) 5789 { 5790 vcol += n_extra; 5791 n_extra = 0; 5792 n_attr = 0; 5793 } 5794 } 5795 5796 } 5797 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5798 else 5799 --n_skip; 5800 5801 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5802 * column. */ 5803 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5804 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5805 && filler_todo <= 0 5806 #endif 5807 ) 5808 ++vcol; 5809 5810 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5811 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5812 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5813 #endif 5814 5815 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5816 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5817 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5818 5819 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5820 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5821 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5822 5823 /* 5824 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5825 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5826 */ 5827 if (( 5828 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5829 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5830 #endif 5831 (col >= wp->w_width)) 5832 && (*ptr != NUL 5833 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5834 || filler_todo > 0 5835 #endif 5836 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5837 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5838 ) 5839 { 5840 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5841 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col - boguscols, 5842 (int)wp->w_width, screen_line_flags); 5843 boguscols = 0; 5844 #else 5845 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5846 (int)wp->w_width, screen_line_flags); 5847 #endif 5848 ++row; 5849 ++screen_row; 5850 5851 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5852 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5853 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5854 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5855 && filler_todo <= 0 5856 #endif 5857 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5858 break; 5859 5860 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5861 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5862 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5863 && filler_todo <= 0 5864 #endif 5865 ) 5866 { 5867 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', TRUE, row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5868 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5869 row = endrow; 5870 } 5871 5872 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5873 if (row == endrow) 5874 { 5875 ++row; 5876 break; 5877 } 5878 5879 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5880 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5881 && filler_todo <= 0 5882 #endif 5883 && wp->w_width == Columns) 5884 { 5885 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5886 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5887 5888 /* 5889 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5890 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5891 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5892 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5893 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5894 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5895 * (something has been written in it). 5896 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5897 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5898 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5899 */ 5900 if (p_tf 5901 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5902 && !gui.in_use 5903 #endif 5904 && !(has_mbyte 5905 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5906 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5907 == 2 5908 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5909 + (int)Columns - 2, 5910 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5911 == 2))) 5912 { 5913 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5914 * then output the same character again to let the 5915 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5916 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5917 if (screen_cur_col != wp->w_width) 5918 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5919 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5920 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5921 5922 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5923 * space to keep it simple. */ 5924 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5925 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5926 out_char(' '); 5927 else 5928 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5929 + (Columns - 1)]); 5930 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5931 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5932 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5933 } 5934 } 5935 5936 col = 0; 5937 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5938 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5939 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5940 { 5941 col = wp->w_width - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5942 off += col; 5943 } 5944 #endif 5945 5946 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5947 draw_state = WL_START; 5948 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5949 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5950 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5951 saved_c_final = c_final; 5952 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5953 n_extra = 0; 5954 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5955 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5956 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5957 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5958 # endif 5959 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5960 #endif 5961 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5962 --filler_todo; 5963 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5964 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5965 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5966 break; 5967 #endif 5968 } 5969 5970 } /* for every character in the line */ 5971 5972 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5973 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5974 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5975 { 5976 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5977 cap_col = 0; 5978 } 5979 #endif 5980 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 5981 vim_free(text_props); 5982 vim_free(text_prop_idxs); 5983 #endif 5984 5985 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5986 return row; 5987 } 5988 5989 /* 5990 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5991 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5992 */ 5993 static int 5994 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5995 { 5996 int i; 5997 5998 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5999 { 6000 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 6001 return TRUE; 6002 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 6003 break; 6004 } 6005 return FALSE; 6006 } 6007 6008 /* 6009 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 6010 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 6011 * - the attributes are different 6012 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 6013 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 6014 */ 6015 static int 6016 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 6017 { 6018 if (cols > 0 6019 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 6020 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6021 || (enc_dbcs != 0 6022 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 6023 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 6024 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 6025 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6026 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6027 || (enc_utf8 6028 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6029 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 6030 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 6031 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 6032 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6033 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))))) 6034 return TRUE; 6035 return FALSE; 6036 } 6037 6038 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6039 /* 6040 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6041 */ 6042 int 6043 screen_get_current_line_off() 6044 { 6045 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6046 } 6047 #endif 6048 6049 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 6050 /* 6051 * Return TRUE if this position has a higher level popup or this cell is 6052 * transparent in the current popup. 6053 */ 6054 static int 6055 blocked_by_popup(int row, int col) 6056 { 6057 int off; 6058 6059 if (!popup_visible) 6060 return FALSE; 6061 off = row * screen_Columns + col; 6062 return popup_mask[off] > screen_zindex || popup_transparent[off]; 6063 } 6064 #endif 6065 6066 /* 6067 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6068 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6069 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6070 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6071 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6072 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6073 * "flags" can have bits: 6074 * SLF_POPUP popup window 6075 * SLF_RIGHTLEFT rightleft window: 6076 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6077 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6078 */ 6079 void 6080 screen_line( 6081 int row, 6082 int coloff, 6083 int endcol, 6084 int clear_width, 6085 int flags UNUSED) 6086 { 6087 unsigned off_from; 6088 unsigned off_to; 6089 unsigned max_off_from; 6090 unsigned max_off_to; 6091 int col = 0; 6092 int hl; 6093 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6094 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6095 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6096 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6097 #endif 6098 ; 6099 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6100 int clear_next = FALSE; 6101 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6102 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6103 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6104 6105 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6106 if (row >= Rows) 6107 row = Rows - 1; 6108 if (endcol > Columns) 6109 endcol = Columns; 6110 6111 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6112 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6113 # endif 6114 6115 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6116 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6117 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6118 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6119 6120 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6121 if (flags & SLF_RIGHTLEFT) 6122 { 6123 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6124 if (clear_width > 0) 6125 { 6126 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6127 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6128 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)) 6129 { 6130 ++off_to; 6131 ++col; 6132 } 6133 if (col <= endcol) 6134 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6135 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6136 } 6137 col = endcol + 1; 6138 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6139 off_from += col; 6140 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6141 } 6142 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6143 6144 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6145 6146 while (col < endcol) 6147 { 6148 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6149 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6150 else 6151 char_cells = 1; 6152 6153 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6154 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6155 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6156 6157 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6158 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6159 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6160 * happens in the GUI. 6161 */ 6162 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6163 { 6164 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6165 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6166 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6167 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6168 redraw_this = TRUE; 6169 } 6170 #endif 6171 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 6172 if (blocked_by_popup(row, col + coloff)) 6173 redraw_this = FALSE; 6174 #endif 6175 if (redraw_this) 6176 { 6177 /* 6178 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6179 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6180 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6181 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6182 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6183 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6184 * character. 6185 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove its highlighting. Need 6186 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6187 * completely. 6188 */ 6189 if ( p_wiv 6190 && !force 6191 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6192 && !gui.in_use 6193 #endif 6194 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6195 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6196 { 6197 /* 6198 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6199 */ 6200 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6201 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6202 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6203 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6204 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6205 6206 /* 6207 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6208 * highlighting at this character. 6209 */ 6210 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6211 { 6212 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6213 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6214 screen_stop_highlight(); 6215 } 6216 else 6217 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6218 } 6219 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6220 { 6221 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6222 * the other way around requires another character to be 6223 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6224 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6225 if (char_cells == 1 6226 && col + 1 < endcol 6227 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6228 { 6229 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6230 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6231 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6232 redraw_next = TRUE; 6233 } 6234 else if (char_cells == 2 6235 && col + 2 < endcol 6236 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6237 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6238 { 6239 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6240 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6241 * cell. */ 6242 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6243 redraw_next = TRUE; 6244 } 6245 6246 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6247 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6248 } 6249 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6250 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6251 * the right halve of the old character. 6252 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6253 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6254 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6255 && ((char_cells == 1 6256 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6257 || (char_cells == 2 6258 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6259 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6260 clear_next = TRUE; 6261 6262 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6263 if (enc_utf8) 6264 { 6265 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6266 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6267 { 6268 int i; 6269 6270 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6271 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6272 } 6273 } 6274 if (char_cells == 2) 6275 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6276 6277 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6278 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6279 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6280 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6281 * and for some xterms. */ 6282 if ( 6283 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6284 gui.in_use 6285 # endif 6286 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6287 || 6288 # endif 6289 # ifdef UNIX 6290 term_is_xterm 6291 # endif 6292 ) 6293 { 6294 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6295 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6296 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6297 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6298 redraw_next = TRUE; 6299 } 6300 #endif 6301 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6302 6303 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6304 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6305 if (char_cells == 2) 6306 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6307 6308 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6309 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6310 else 6311 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6312 } 6313 else if ( p_wiv 6314 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6315 && !gui.in_use 6316 #endif 6317 && col + coloff > 0) 6318 { 6319 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6320 { 6321 /* 6322 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6323 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6324 */ 6325 screen_attr = 0; 6326 } 6327 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6328 screen_stop_highlight(); 6329 } 6330 6331 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6332 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6333 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6334 } 6335 6336 if (clear_next) 6337 { 6338 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6339 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6340 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6341 if (enc_utf8) 6342 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6343 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6344 } 6345 6346 if (clear_width > 0 6347 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6348 && !(flags & SLF_RIGHTLEFT) 6349 #endif 6350 ) 6351 { 6352 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6353 int startCol = col; 6354 #endif 6355 6356 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6357 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6358 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6359 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)) 6360 { 6361 ++off_to; 6362 ++col; 6363 } 6364 if (col < clear_width) 6365 { 6366 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6367 /* 6368 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6369 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6370 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6371 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6372 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6373 */ 6374 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6375 { 6376 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6377 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6378 { 6379 int prev_cells = 1; 6380 6381 if (enc_utf8) 6382 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6383 * that its width is 2. */ 6384 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6385 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6386 { 6387 /* find previous character by counting from first 6388 * column and get its width. */ 6389 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6390 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6391 6392 while (off < off_to) 6393 { 6394 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6395 off += prev_cells; 6396 } 6397 } 6398 6399 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6400 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6401 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6402 else 6403 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6404 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6405 } 6406 } 6407 #endif 6408 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6409 ' ', ' ', 0); 6410 off_to += clear_width - col; 6411 col = clear_width; 6412 } 6413 } 6414 6415 if (clear_width > 0 6416 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 6417 && !(flags & SLF_POPUP) // no separator for popup window 6418 #endif 6419 ) 6420 { 6421 // For a window that has a right neighbor, draw the separator char 6422 // right of the window contents. But not on top of a popup window. 6423 if (coloff + col < Columns) 6424 { 6425 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 6426 if (!blocked_by_popup(row, col + coloff)) 6427 #endif 6428 { 6429 int c; 6430 6431 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6432 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6433 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6434 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6435 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6436 { 6437 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6438 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6439 if (enc_utf8) 6440 { 6441 if (c >= 0x80) 6442 { 6443 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6444 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6445 } 6446 else 6447 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6448 } 6449 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6450 } 6451 } 6452 } 6453 else 6454 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6455 } 6456 } 6457 6458 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6459 /* 6460 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6461 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6462 */ 6463 void 6464 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6465 { 6466 char_u *p1, *p2; 6467 int t; 6468 6469 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6470 { 6471 t = *p1; 6472 *p1 = *p2; 6473 *p2 = t; 6474 } 6475 } 6476 #endif 6477 6478 /* 6479 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6480 */ 6481 void 6482 status_redraw_all(void) 6483 { 6484 win_T *wp; 6485 6486 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6487 if (wp->w_status_height) 6488 { 6489 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6490 redraw_later(VALID); 6491 } 6492 } 6493 6494 /* 6495 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6496 */ 6497 void 6498 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6499 { 6500 win_T *wp; 6501 6502 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6503 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6504 { 6505 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6506 redraw_later(VALID); 6507 } 6508 } 6509 6510 /* 6511 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6512 */ 6513 void 6514 redraw_statuslines(void) 6515 { 6516 win_T *wp; 6517 6518 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6519 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6520 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 6521 if (redraw_tabline) 6522 draw_tabline(); 6523 } 6524 6525 #if defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(PROTO) 6526 /* 6527 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6528 */ 6529 void 6530 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6531 { 6532 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6533 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6534 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6535 { 6536 FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child) 6537 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6538 } 6539 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6540 { 6541 frp = frp->fr_child; 6542 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6543 frp = frp->fr_next; 6544 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6545 } 6546 } 6547 #endif 6548 6549 /* 6550 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6551 */ 6552 static void 6553 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6554 { 6555 int hl; 6556 int c; 6557 6558 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6559 { 6560 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6561 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6562 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6563 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6564 c, ' ', hl); 6565 } 6566 } 6567 6568 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6569 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6570 6571 /* 6572 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6573 */ 6574 static int 6575 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6576 { 6577 int len = 0; 6578 6579 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6580 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6581 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6582 6583 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6584 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6585 return 1; 6586 #endif 6587 6588 while (*s != NUL) 6589 { 6590 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6591 len += ptr2cells(s); 6592 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6593 } 6594 6595 return len; 6596 } 6597 6598 /* 6599 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6600 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6601 */ 6602 static int 6603 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6604 { 6605 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6606 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6607 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6608 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6609 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6610 #endif 6611 ) 6612 { 6613 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6614 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6615 return 2; 6616 #endif 6617 return 1; 6618 } 6619 return 0; 6620 } 6621 6622 /* 6623 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6624 * Show at least the "match" item. 6625 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6626 * 6627 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6628 */ 6629 void 6630 win_redr_status_matches( 6631 expand_T *xp, 6632 int num_matches, 6633 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6634 int match, 6635 int showtail) 6636 { 6637 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6638 int row; 6639 char_u *buf; 6640 int len; 6641 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6642 int fillchar; 6643 int attr; 6644 int i; 6645 int highlight = TRUE; 6646 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6647 int selstart_col = 0; 6648 char_u *selend = NULL; 6649 static int first_match = 0; 6650 int add_left = FALSE; 6651 char_u *s; 6652 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6653 int emenu; 6654 #endif 6655 int l; 6656 6657 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6658 return; 6659 6660 if (has_mbyte) 6661 buf = alloc(Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6662 else 6663 buf = alloc(Columns + 1); 6664 if (buf == NULL) 6665 return; 6666 6667 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6668 { 6669 match = 0; 6670 highlight = FALSE; 6671 } 6672 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6673 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6674 if (match == 0) 6675 first_match = 0; 6676 else if (match < first_match) 6677 { 6678 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6679 first_match = match; 6680 add_left = TRUE; 6681 } 6682 else 6683 { 6684 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6685 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6686 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6687 if (first_match > 0) 6688 clen += 2; 6689 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6690 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6691 { 6692 first_match = match; 6693 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6694 clen = 2; 6695 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6696 { 6697 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6698 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6699 break; 6700 } 6701 if (i == num_matches) 6702 add_left = TRUE; 6703 } 6704 } 6705 if (add_left) 6706 while (first_match > 0) 6707 { 6708 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6709 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6710 break; 6711 --first_match; 6712 } 6713 6714 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6715 6716 if (first_match == 0) 6717 { 6718 *buf = NUL; 6719 len = 0; 6720 } 6721 else 6722 { 6723 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6724 len = 2; 6725 } 6726 clen = len; 6727 6728 i = first_match; 6729 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6730 { 6731 if (i == match) 6732 { 6733 selstart = buf + len; 6734 selstart_col = clen; 6735 } 6736 6737 s = L_MATCH(i); 6738 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6739 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6740 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6741 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6742 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6743 { 6744 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6745 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6746 len += l; 6747 clen += l; 6748 } 6749 else 6750 #endif 6751 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6752 { 6753 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6754 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6755 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6756 { 6757 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6758 s += l - 1; 6759 len += l; 6760 } 6761 else 6762 { 6763 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6764 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6765 } 6766 } 6767 if (i == match) 6768 selend = buf + len; 6769 6770 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6771 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6772 clen += 2; 6773 if (++i == num_matches) 6774 break; 6775 } 6776 6777 if (i != num_matches) 6778 { 6779 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6780 ++clen; 6781 } 6782 6783 buf[len] = NUL; 6784 6785 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6786 if (row >= 0) 6787 { 6788 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6789 { 6790 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6791 { 6792 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6793 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6794 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6795 { 6796 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, 0, NULL); 6797 ++msg_scrolled; 6798 } 6799 else 6800 { 6801 ++cmdline_row; 6802 ++row; 6803 } 6804 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6805 } 6806 else 6807 { 6808 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6809 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6810 * resized. */ 6811 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6812 { 6813 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6814 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6815 p_ls = 2; 6816 p_wmh = 0; 6817 last_status(FALSE); 6818 } 6819 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6820 } 6821 } 6822 6823 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6824 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6825 { 6826 *selend = NUL; 6827 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6828 } 6829 6830 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6831 } 6832 6833 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6834 vim_free(buf); 6835 } 6836 #endif 6837 6838 /* 6839 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6840 * 6841 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6842 * If "ignore_pum" is TRUE, also redraw statusline when the popup menu is 6843 * displayed. 6844 */ 6845 static void 6846 win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum UNUSED) 6847 { 6848 int row; 6849 char_u *p; 6850 int len; 6851 int fillchar; 6852 int attr; 6853 int this_ru_col; 6854 static int busy = FALSE; 6855 6856 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6857 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6858 if (busy) 6859 return; 6860 busy = TRUE; 6861 6862 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6863 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6864 { 6865 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6866 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6867 } 6868 else if (!redrawing() 6869 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6870 // don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6871 // drawn over it, unless it will be redrawn later 6872 || (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 6873 #endif 6874 ) 6875 { 6876 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6877 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6878 } 6879 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6880 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6881 { 6882 /* redraw custom status line */ 6883 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6884 } 6885 #endif 6886 else 6887 { 6888 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6889 6890 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6891 p = NameBuff; 6892 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6893 6894 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 6895 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6896 || wp->w_p_pvw 6897 #endif 6898 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6899 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6900 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6901 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6902 { 6903 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6904 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6905 } 6906 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6907 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6908 { 6909 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6910 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6911 } 6912 #endif 6913 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6914 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 6915 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 6916 #endif 6917 ) 6918 { 6919 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6920 len += 3; 6921 } 6922 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6923 { 6924 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6925 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6926 } 6927 6928 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 6929 if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 6930 this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 6931 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6932 { 6933 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6934 len = 1; 6935 } 6936 else if (has_mbyte) 6937 { 6938 int clen = 0, i; 6939 6940 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6941 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6942 6943 /* Find first character that will fit. 6944 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6945 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6946 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6947 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6948 len = clen; 6949 if (i > 0) 6950 { 6951 p = p + i - 1; 6952 *p = '<'; 6953 ++len; 6954 } 6955 6956 } 6957 else if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6958 { 6959 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6960 *p = '<'; 6961 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6962 } 6963 6964 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6965 screen_puts(p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr); 6966 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol, 6967 this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6968 6969 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6970 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6971 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6972 - 1 + wp->w_wincol), attr); 6973 6974 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6975 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE, ignore_pum); 6976 #endif 6977 } 6978 6979 /* 6980 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6981 */ 6982 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6983 { 6984 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6985 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6986 else 6987 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6988 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6989 attr); 6990 } 6991 busy = FALSE; 6992 } 6993 6994 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6995 /* 6996 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6997 * errors encountered. 6998 */ 6999 static void 7000 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 7001 { 7002 static int entered = FALSE; 7003 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 7004 7005 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 7006 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 7007 if (entered) 7008 return; 7009 entered = TRUE; 7010 7011 did_emsg = FALSE; 7012 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 7013 if (did_emsg) 7014 { 7015 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7016 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7017 * again and again. */ 7018 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7019 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7020 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7021 } 7022 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7023 entered = FALSE; 7024 } 7025 #endif 7026 7027 /* 7028 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7029 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7030 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7031 */ 7032 int 7033 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7034 { 7035 frame_T *fr; 7036 7037 fr = wp->w_frame; 7038 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7039 { 7040 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7041 { 7042 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7043 break; 7044 } 7045 else 7046 { 7047 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7048 return TRUE; 7049 } 7050 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7051 } 7052 return FALSE; 7053 } 7054 7055 7056 /* 7057 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7058 */ 7059 int 7060 get_keymap_str( 7061 win_T *wp, 7062 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7063 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7064 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7065 { 7066 char_u *p; 7067 7068 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7069 return FALSE; 7070 7071 { 7072 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7073 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7074 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7075 char_u *s; 7076 7077 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7078 curwin = wp; 7079 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7080 ++emsg_skip; 7081 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7082 --emsg_skip; 7083 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7084 curwin = old_curwin; 7085 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7086 #endif 7087 { 7088 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7089 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7090 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7091 else 7092 #endif 7093 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7094 } 7095 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7096 buf[0] = NUL; 7097 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7098 vim_free(s); 7099 #endif 7100 } 7101 return buf[0] != NUL; 7102 } 7103 7104 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7105 /* 7106 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7107 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7108 */ 7109 static void 7110 win_redr_custom( 7111 win_T *wp, 7112 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7113 { 7114 static int entered = FALSE; 7115 int attr; 7116 int curattr; 7117 int row; 7118 int col = 0; 7119 int maxwidth; 7120 int width; 7121 int n; 7122 int len; 7123 int fillchar; 7124 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7125 char_u *stl; 7126 char_u *p; 7127 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7128 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7129 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7130 win_T *ewp; 7131 int p_crb_save; 7132 7133 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7134 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7135 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7136 if (entered) 7137 return; 7138 entered = TRUE; 7139 7140 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7141 if (wp == NULL) 7142 { 7143 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7144 stl = p_tal; 7145 row = 0; 7146 fillchar = ' '; 7147 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7148 maxwidth = Columns; 7149 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7150 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7151 # endif 7152 } 7153 else 7154 { 7155 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7156 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7157 maxwidth = wp->w_width; 7158 7159 if (draw_ruler) 7160 { 7161 stl = p_ruf; 7162 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7163 if (*stl == '%') 7164 { 7165 if (*++stl == '-') 7166 stl++; 7167 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7168 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7169 stl++; 7170 if (*stl++ != '(') 7171 stl = p_ruf; 7172 } 7173 col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7174 if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7175 col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7176 maxwidth = wp->w_width - col; 7177 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7178 { 7179 row = Rows - 1; 7180 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7181 fillchar = ' '; 7182 attr = 0; 7183 } 7184 7185 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7186 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7187 # endif 7188 } 7189 else 7190 { 7191 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7192 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7193 else 7194 stl = p_stl; 7195 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7196 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7197 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7198 # endif 7199 } 7200 7201 col += wp->w_wincol; 7202 } 7203 7204 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7205 goto theend; 7206 7207 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7208 * the cursor away and back. */ 7209 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7210 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7211 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7212 7213 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7214 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7215 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7216 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7217 stl, use_sandbox, 7218 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7219 vim_free(stl); 7220 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7221 7222 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7223 p = transstr(buf); 7224 if (p != NULL) 7225 { 7226 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7227 vim_free(p); 7228 } 7229 7230 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7231 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7232 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7233 { 7234 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7235 ++width; 7236 } 7237 buf[len] = NUL; 7238 7239 /* 7240 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7241 */ 7242 curattr = attr; 7243 p = buf; 7244 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7245 { 7246 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7247 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7248 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7249 p = hltab[n].start; 7250 7251 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7252 curattr = attr; 7253 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7254 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7255 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7256 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7257 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7258 curattr = highlight_stltermnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7259 else if (wp != NULL && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7260 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7261 curattr = highlight_stlterm[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7262 #endif 7263 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7264 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7265 else 7266 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7267 } 7268 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7269 7270 if (wp == NULL) 7271 { 7272 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7273 col = 0; 7274 len = 0; 7275 p = buf; 7276 fillchar = 0; 7277 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7278 { 7279 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7280 while (col < len) 7281 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7282 p = tabtab[n].start; 7283 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7284 } 7285 while (col < Columns) 7286 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7287 } 7288 7289 theend: 7290 entered = FALSE; 7291 } 7292 7293 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7294 7295 /* 7296 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7297 */ 7298 void 7299 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7300 { 7301 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7302 7303 if (has_mbyte) 7304 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7305 else 7306 { 7307 buf[0] = c; 7308 buf[1] = NUL; 7309 } 7310 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7311 } 7312 7313 /* 7314 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7315 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7316 */ 7317 void 7318 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7319 { 7320 unsigned off; 7321 7322 /* safety check */ 7323 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7324 { 7325 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7326 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7327 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7328 bytes[1] = NUL; 7329 7330 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7331 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7332 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7333 { 7334 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7335 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7336 bytes[2] = NUL; 7337 } 7338 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7339 { 7340 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7341 bytes[2] = NUL; 7342 } 7343 } 7344 } 7345 7346 /* 7347 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7348 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7349 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7350 */ 7351 static int 7352 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7353 { 7354 int i; 7355 7356 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7357 { 7358 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7359 return TRUE; 7360 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7361 break; 7362 } 7363 return FALSE; 7364 } 7365 7366 /* 7367 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7368 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7369 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7370 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7371 */ 7372 void 7373 screen_puts( 7374 char_u *text, 7375 int row, 7376 int col, 7377 int attr) 7378 { 7379 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7380 } 7381 7382 /* 7383 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7384 * a NUL. 7385 */ 7386 void 7387 screen_puts_len( 7388 char_u *text, 7389 int textlen, 7390 int row, 7391 int col, 7392 int attr) 7393 { 7394 unsigned off; 7395 char_u *ptr = text; 7396 int len = textlen; 7397 int c; 7398 unsigned max_off; 7399 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7400 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7401 int u8c = 0; 7402 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7403 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7404 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7405 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7406 int pc, nc, nc1; 7407 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7408 #endif 7409 int force_redraw_this; 7410 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7411 int need_redraw; 7412 7413 // Safety check. The check for negative row and column is to fix issue 7414 // #4102. TODO: find out why row/col could be negative. 7415 if (ScreenLines == NULL 7416 || row >= screen_Rows || row < 0 7417 || col >= screen_Columns || col < 0) 7418 return; 7419 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7420 7421 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7422 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7423 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7424 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7425 && !gui.in_use 7426 #endif 7427 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7428 { 7429 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7430 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7431 if (enc_utf8) 7432 { 7433 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7434 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7435 } 7436 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7437 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7438 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7439 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7440 } 7441 7442 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7443 while (col < screen_Columns 7444 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7445 && *ptr != NUL) 7446 { 7447 c = *ptr; 7448 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7449 if (has_mbyte) 7450 { 7451 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7452 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7453 else 7454 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7455 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7456 mbyte_cells = 1; 7457 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7458 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7459 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7460 { 7461 if (len >= 0) 7462 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7463 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7464 else 7465 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7466 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7467 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7468 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7469 { 7470 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7471 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7472 { 7473 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7474 nc = NUL; 7475 nc1 = NUL; 7476 } 7477 else 7478 { 7479 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7480 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7481 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7482 } 7483 pc = prev_c; 7484 prev_c = u8c; 7485 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7486 } 7487 else 7488 prev_c = u8c; 7489 #endif 7490 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7491 { 7492 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7493 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7494 c = '>'; 7495 mbyte_cells = 1; 7496 } 7497 } 7498 } 7499 7500 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7501 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7502 7503 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7504 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7505 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7506 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7507 && c == 0x8e 7508 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7509 || (enc_utf8 7510 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7511 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7512 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7513 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7514 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7515 || exmode_active; 7516 7517 if ((need_redraw || force_redraw_this) 7518 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 7519 && !blocked_by_popup(row, col) 7520 #endif 7521 ) 7522 { 7523 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7524 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7525 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7526 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7527 * and for some xterms. */ 7528 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7529 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7530 gui.in_use 7531 # endif 7532 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7533 || 7534 # endif 7535 # ifdef UNIX 7536 term_is_xterm 7537 # endif 7538 )) 7539 { 7540 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7541 7542 if (n > HL_ALL) 7543 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7544 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7545 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7546 } 7547 #endif 7548 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7549 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7550 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7551 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7552 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7553 if (clear_next_cell) 7554 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7555 else if (has_mbyte 7556 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7557 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7558 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7559 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7560 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7561 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7562 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7563 7564 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7565 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7566 if (enc_dbcs 7567 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7568 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7569 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7570 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7571 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7572 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7573 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7574 if (enc_utf8) 7575 { 7576 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7577 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7578 else 7579 { 7580 int i; 7581 7582 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7583 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7584 { 7585 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7586 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7587 break; 7588 } 7589 } 7590 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7591 { 7592 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7593 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7594 } 7595 screen_char(off, row, col); 7596 } 7597 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7598 { 7599 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7600 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7601 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7602 } 7603 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7604 { 7605 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7606 screen_char(off, row, col); 7607 } 7608 else 7609 screen_char(off, row, col); 7610 } 7611 if (has_mbyte) 7612 { 7613 off += mbyte_cells; 7614 col += mbyte_cells; 7615 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7616 if (clear_next_cell) 7617 { 7618 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7619 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7620 len = -1; 7621 } 7622 } 7623 else 7624 { 7625 ++off; 7626 ++col; 7627 ++ptr; 7628 } 7629 } 7630 7631 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7632 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7633 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7634 { 7635 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7636 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7637 else 7638 screen_char(off, row, col); 7639 } 7640 } 7641 7642 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7643 /* 7644 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7645 */ 7646 static void 7647 start_search_hl(void) 7648 { 7649 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7650 { 7651 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7652 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7653 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7654 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7655 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7656 # endif 7657 } 7658 } 7659 7660 /* 7661 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7662 */ 7663 static void 7664 end_search_hl(void) 7665 { 7666 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7667 { 7668 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7669 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7670 } 7671 } 7672 #endif 7673 7674 static void 7675 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 7676 { 7677 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 7678 7679 screen_attr = attr; 7680 if (full_screen 7681 #ifdef MSWIN 7682 && termcap_active 7683 #endif 7684 ) 7685 { 7686 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7687 if (gui.in_use) 7688 { 7689 char buf[20]; 7690 7691 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 7692 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 7693 OUT_STR(buf); 7694 } 7695 else 7696 #endif 7697 { 7698 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7699 { 7700 if (IS_CTERM) 7701 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 7702 else 7703 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 7704 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7705 attr = 0; 7706 else 7707 attr = aep->ae_attr; 7708 } 7709 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && *T_MD != NUL) /* bold */ 7710 out_str(T_MD); 7711 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && ( 7712 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7713 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 7714 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 7715 : 7716 #endif 7717 t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)) 7718 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 7719 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 7720 out_str(T_ME); 7721 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && *T_SO != NUL) /* standout */ 7722 out_str(T_SO); 7723 if ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS != NUL) /* undercurl */ 7724 out_str(T_UCS); 7725 if (((attr & HL_UNDERLINE) /* underline or undercurl */ 7726 || ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS == NUL)) 7727 && *T_US != NUL) 7728 out_str(T_US); 7729 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && *T_CZH != NUL) /* italic */ 7730 out_str(T_CZH); 7731 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && *T_MR != NUL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 7732 out_str(T_MR); 7733 if ((attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) && *T_STS != NUL) /* strike */ 7734 out_str(T_STS); 7735 7736 /* 7737 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 7738 * bold etc. override the color setting. 7739 */ 7740 if (aep != NULL) 7741 { 7742 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7743 /* When 'termguicolors' is set but fg or bg is unset, 7744 * fall back to the cterm colors. This helps for SpellBad, 7745 * where the GUI uses a red undercurl. */ 7746 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 7747 { 7748 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 7749 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 7750 } 7751 else 7752 #endif 7753 if (t_colors > 1) 7754 { 7755 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7756 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 7757 } 7758 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7759 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 7760 { 7761 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 7762 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 7763 } 7764 else 7765 #endif 7766 if (t_colors > 1) 7767 { 7768 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7769 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 7770 } 7771 7772 if (!IS_CTERM) 7773 { 7774 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 7775 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7776 } 7777 } 7778 } 7779 } 7780 } 7781 7782 void 7783 screen_stop_highlight(void) 7784 { 7785 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 7786 7787 if (screen_attr != 0 7788 #ifdef MSWIN 7789 && termcap_active 7790 #endif 7791 ) 7792 { 7793 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7794 if (gui.in_use) 7795 { 7796 char buf[20]; 7797 7798 /* use internal GUI code */ 7799 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 7800 OUT_STR(buf); 7801 } 7802 else 7803 #endif 7804 { 7805 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7806 { 7807 attrentry_T *aep; 7808 7809 if (IS_CTERM) 7810 { 7811 /* 7812 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 7813 */ 7814 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7815 if (aep != NULL && (( 7816 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7817 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 7818 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 7819 : 7820 #endif 7821 aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) || ( 7822 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7823 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 7824 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 7825 : 7826 #endif 7827 aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))) 7828 do_ME = TRUE; 7829 } 7830 else 7831 { 7832 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7833 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 7834 { 7835 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 7836 do_ME = TRUE; 7837 else 7838 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 7839 } 7840 } 7841 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7842 screen_attr = 0; 7843 else 7844 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 7845 } 7846 7847 /* 7848 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 7849 * same sequence several times. 7850 */ 7851 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 7852 { 7853 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 7854 do_ME = TRUE; 7855 else 7856 out_str(T_SE); 7857 } 7858 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE != NUL) 7859 { 7860 if (STRCMP(T_UCE, T_ME) == 0) 7861 do_ME = TRUE; 7862 else 7863 out_str(T_UCE); 7864 } 7865 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERLINE) 7866 || ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE == NUL)) 7867 { 7868 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 7869 do_ME = TRUE; 7870 else 7871 out_str(T_UE); 7872 } 7873 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 7874 { 7875 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 7876 do_ME = TRUE; 7877 else 7878 out_str(T_CZR); 7879 } 7880 if (screen_attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) 7881 { 7882 if (STRCMP(T_STE, T_ME) == 0) 7883 do_ME = TRUE; 7884 else 7885 out_str(T_STE); 7886 } 7887 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 7888 out_str(T_ME); 7889 7890 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7891 if (p_tgc) 7892 { 7893 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 7894 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 7895 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 7896 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 7897 } 7898 else 7899 #endif 7900 { 7901 if (t_colors > 1) 7902 { 7903 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 7904 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 7905 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 7906 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 7907 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 7908 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7909 out_str(T_MD); 7910 } 7911 } 7912 } 7913 } 7914 screen_attr = 0; 7915 } 7916 7917 /* 7918 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 7919 * The machine specific code may override this again. 7920 */ 7921 void 7922 reset_cterm_colors(void) 7923 { 7924 if (IS_CTERM) 7925 { 7926 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 7927 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7928 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 7929 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 7930 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 7931 #else 7932 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 7933 #endif 7934 { 7935 out_str(T_OP); 7936 screen_attr = -1; 7937 } 7938 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7939 { 7940 out_str(T_ME); 7941 screen_attr = -1; 7942 } 7943 } 7944 } 7945 7946 /* 7947 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 7948 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 7949 */ 7950 static void 7951 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 7952 { 7953 int attr; 7954 7955 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 7956 * resizing). */ 7957 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 7958 return; 7959 7960 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7961 // Skip if under the popup menu. 7962 // Popup windows with zindex higher than POPUPMENU_ZINDEX go on top. 7963 if (pum_under_menu(row, col) 7964 # ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 7965 && screen_zindex <= POPUPMENU_ZINDEX 7966 # endif 7967 ) 7968 return; 7969 #endif 7970 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 7971 if (blocked_by_popup(row, col)) 7972 return; 7973 #endif 7974 7975 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 7976 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 7977 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 7978 if (*T_XN == NUL 7979 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 7980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 7981 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 7982 && !cmdmsg_rl 7983 #endif 7984 ) 7985 { 7986 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 7987 return; 7988 } 7989 7990 /* 7991 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 7992 */ 7993 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 7994 attr = screen_char_attr; 7995 else 7996 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7997 if (screen_attr != attr) 7998 screen_stop_highlight(); 7999 8000 windgoto(row, col); 8001 8002 if (screen_attr != attr) 8003 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8004 8005 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8006 { 8007 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8008 8009 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8010 { 8011 if (*p_ambw == 'd' 8012 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8013 && !gui.in_use 8014 #endif 8015 ) 8016 { 8017 /* Clear the two screen cells. If the character is actually 8018 * single width it won't change the second cell. */ 8019 out_str((char_u *)" "); 8020 term_windgoto(row, col); 8021 } 8022 /* not sure where the cursor is after drawing the ambiguous width 8023 * character */ 8024 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8025 } 8026 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8027 ++screen_cur_col; 8028 8029 /* Convert the UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8030 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8031 out_str(buf); 8032 } 8033 else 8034 { 8035 out_flush_check(); 8036 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8037 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8038 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8039 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8040 } 8041 8042 screen_cur_col++; 8043 } 8044 8045 /* 8046 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8047 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8048 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8049 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8050 */ 8051 static void 8052 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8053 { 8054 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8055 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8056 return; 8057 8058 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8059 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8060 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8061 { 8062 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8063 return; 8064 } 8065 8066 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8067 * second byte directly. */ 8068 screen_char(off, row, col); 8069 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8070 ++screen_cur_col; 8071 } 8072 8073 /* 8074 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8075 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8076 */ 8077 void 8078 screen_draw_rectangle( 8079 int row, 8080 int col, 8081 int height, 8082 int width, 8083 int invert) 8084 { 8085 int r, c; 8086 int off; 8087 int max_off; 8088 8089 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8090 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8091 return; 8092 8093 if (invert) 8094 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8095 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8096 { 8097 off = LineOffset[r]; 8098 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8099 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8100 { 8101 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8102 { 8103 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8104 ++c; 8105 } 8106 else 8107 { 8108 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8109 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8110 ++c; 8111 } 8112 } 8113 } 8114 screen_char_attr = 0; 8115 } 8116 8117 /* 8118 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8119 */ 8120 static void 8121 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8122 { 8123 int col; 8124 int width; 8125 8126 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8127 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8128 # endif 8129 8130 if (wp == NULL) 8131 { 8132 col = 0; 8133 width = Columns; 8134 } 8135 else 8136 { 8137 col = wp->w_wincol; 8138 width = wp->w_width; 8139 } 8140 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8141 } 8142 8143 static void 8144 space_to_screenline(int off, int attr) 8145 { 8146 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8147 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8148 if (enc_utf8) 8149 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8150 } 8151 8152 /* 8153 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8154 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8155 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8156 */ 8157 void 8158 screen_fill( 8159 int start_row, 8160 int end_row, 8161 int start_col, 8162 int end_col, 8163 int c1, 8164 int c2, 8165 int attr) 8166 { 8167 int row; 8168 int col; 8169 int off; 8170 int end_off; 8171 int did_delete; 8172 int c; 8173 int norm_term; 8174 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8175 int force_next = FALSE; 8176 #endif 8177 8178 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8179 end_row = screen_Rows; 8180 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8181 end_col = screen_Columns; 8182 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8183 || start_row >= end_row 8184 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8185 return; 8186 8187 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8188 norm_term = ( 8189 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8190 !gui.in_use && 8191 #endif 8192 !IS_CTERM); 8193 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8194 { 8195 if (has_mbyte 8196 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8197 && !gui.in_use 8198 #endif 8199 ) 8200 { 8201 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8202 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8203 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8204 * terminal. */ 8205 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8206 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8207 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8208 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8209 } 8210 /* 8211 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8212 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8213 * space. 8214 */ 8215 did_delete = FALSE; 8216 if (c2 == ' ' 8217 && end_col == Columns 8218 && can_clear(T_CE) 8219 && (attr == 0 8220 || (norm_term 8221 && attr <= HL_ALL 8222 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8223 { 8224 /* 8225 * check if we really need to clear something 8226 */ 8227 col = start_col; 8228 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8229 ++col; 8230 8231 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8232 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8233 8234 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8235 if (enc_utf8) 8236 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8237 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8238 ++off; 8239 else 8240 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8241 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8242 ++off; 8243 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8244 { 8245 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8246 screen_stop_highlight(); 8247 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8248 out_str(T_CE); 8249 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8250 col = end_col - col; 8251 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8252 { 8253 space_to_screenline(off, 0); 8254 ++off; 8255 } 8256 } 8257 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8258 } 8259 8260 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8261 c = c1; 8262 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8263 { 8264 if ((ScreenLines[off] != c 8265 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8266 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8267 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8268 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8269 || force_next 8270 #endif 8271 ) 8272 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8273 // Skip if under a(nother) popup. 8274 && !blocked_by_popup(row, col) 8275 #endif 8276 ) 8277 { 8278 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8279 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8280 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8281 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8282 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8283 if ( 8284 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8285 gui.in_use 8286 # endif 8287 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8288 || 8289 # endif 8290 # ifdef UNIX 8291 term_is_xterm 8292 # endif 8293 ) 8294 { 8295 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8296 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8297 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8298 force_next = TRUE; 8299 else 8300 force_next = FALSE; 8301 } 8302 #endif 8303 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8304 if (enc_utf8) 8305 { 8306 if (c >= 0x80) 8307 { 8308 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8309 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8310 } 8311 else 8312 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8313 } 8314 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8315 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8316 screen_char(off, row, col); 8317 } 8318 ++off; 8319 if (col == start_col) 8320 { 8321 if (did_delete) 8322 break; 8323 c = c2; 8324 } 8325 } 8326 if (end_col == Columns) 8327 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8328 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8329 { 8330 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8331 if (start_col == 0 && end_col == Columns 8332 && c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ' && attr == 0) 8333 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8334 if (start_col == 0) 8335 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8336 } 8337 } 8338 } 8339 8340 /* 8341 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8342 * screen or the command line. 8343 */ 8344 void 8345 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8346 { 8347 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8348 && !did_wait_return 8349 && emsg_silent == 0) 8350 { 8351 out_flush(); 8352 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8353 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8354 if (check_msg_scroll) 8355 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8356 } 8357 } 8358 8359 /* 8360 * Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. 8361 */ 8362 static void 8363 clear_TabPageIdxs(void) 8364 { 8365 int scol; 8366 8367 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 8368 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 8369 } 8370 8371 /* 8372 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8373 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8374 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8375 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8376 */ 8377 int 8378 screen_valid(int doclear) 8379 { 8380 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8381 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8382 } 8383 8384 /* 8385 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8386 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8387 * 8388 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8389 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8390 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8391 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8392 * final size of the shell is needed. 8393 */ 8394 void 8395 screenalloc(int doclear) 8396 { 8397 int new_row, old_row; 8398 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8399 int old_Rows; 8400 #endif 8401 win_T *wp; 8402 int outofmem = FALSE; 8403 int len; 8404 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8405 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8406 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8407 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8408 int i; 8409 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8410 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8411 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8412 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8413 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8414 short *new_popup_mask; 8415 short *new_popup_mask_next; 8416 char *new_popup_transparent; 8417 #endif 8418 tabpage_T *tp; 8419 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8420 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8421 int retry_count = 0; 8422 8423 retry: 8424 /* 8425 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8426 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8427 * screen stuff. 8428 */ 8429 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8430 && Rows == screen_Rows 8431 && Columns == screen_Columns 8432 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8433 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8434 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8435 || Rows == 0 8436 || Columns == 0 8437 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8438 return; 8439 8440 /* 8441 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8442 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8443 * return here. 8444 */ 8445 if (entered) 8446 return; 8447 entered = TRUE; 8448 8449 /* 8450 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8451 * thus we must not redraw here! 8452 */ 8453 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8454 8455 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8456 8457 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8458 8459 /* 8460 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8461 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8462 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8463 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8464 * - Free the old arrays. 8465 * 8466 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8467 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8468 * size is wrong. 8469 */ 8470 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8471 win_free_lsize(wp); 8472 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8473 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8474 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8475 // global popup windows 8476 for (wp = first_popupwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 8477 win_free_lsize(wp); 8478 // tab-local popup windows 8479 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 8480 for (wp = tp->tp_first_popupwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 8481 win_free_lsize(wp); 8482 #endif 8483 8484 new_ScreenLines = LALLOC_MULT(schar_T, (Rows + 1) * Columns); 8485 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8486 if (enc_utf8) 8487 { 8488 new_ScreenLinesUC = LALLOC_MULT(u8char_T, (Rows + 1) * Columns); 8489 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8490 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = LALLOC_CLEAR_MULT(u8char_T, 8491 (Rows + 1) * Columns); 8492 } 8493 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8494 new_ScreenLines2 = LALLOC_MULT(schar_T, (Rows + 1) * Columns); 8495 new_ScreenAttrs = LALLOC_MULT(sattr_T, (Rows + 1) * Columns); 8496 new_LineOffset = LALLOC_MULT(unsigned, Rows); 8497 new_LineWraps = LALLOC_MULT(char_u, Rows); 8498 new_TabPageIdxs = LALLOC_MULT(short, Columns); 8499 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8500 new_popup_mask = LALLOC_MULT(short, Rows * Columns); 8501 new_popup_mask_next = LALLOC_MULT(short, Rows * Columns); 8502 new_popup_transparent = LALLOC_MULT(char, Rows * Columns); 8503 #endif 8504 8505 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8506 { 8507 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8508 { 8509 outofmem = TRUE; 8510 goto give_up; 8511 } 8512 } 8513 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8514 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8515 outofmem = TRUE; 8516 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8517 // global popup windows 8518 for (wp = first_popupwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 8519 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8520 { 8521 outofmem = TRUE; 8522 goto give_up; 8523 } 8524 // tab-local popup windows 8525 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 8526 for (wp = tp->tp_first_popupwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 8527 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8528 { 8529 outofmem = TRUE; 8530 goto give_up; 8531 } 8532 #endif 8533 8534 give_up: 8535 8536 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8537 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8538 break; 8539 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8540 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8541 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8542 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8543 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8544 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8545 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8546 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8547 || new_popup_mask == NULL 8548 || new_popup_mask_next == NULL 8549 || new_popup_transparent == NULL 8550 #endif 8551 || outofmem) 8552 { 8553 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8554 { 8555 /* guess the size */ 8556 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8557 8558 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8559 * and over again. */ 8560 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8561 } 8562 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines); 8563 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8564 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8565 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8566 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines2); 8567 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenAttrs); 8568 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineOffset); 8569 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineWraps); 8570 VIM_CLEAR(new_TabPageIdxs); 8571 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8572 VIM_CLEAR(new_popup_mask); 8573 VIM_CLEAR(new_popup_mask_next); 8574 VIM_CLEAR(new_popup_transparent); 8575 #endif 8576 } 8577 else 8578 { 8579 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8580 8581 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8582 { 8583 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8584 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8585 8586 /* 8587 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8588 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8589 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8590 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8591 */ 8592 if (!doclear) 8593 { 8594 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8595 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8596 if (enc_utf8) 8597 { 8598 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8599 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8600 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8601 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8602 + new_row * Columns, 8603 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8604 } 8605 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8606 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8607 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8608 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8609 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8610 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8611 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8612 { 8613 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8614 len = screen_Columns; 8615 else 8616 len = Columns; 8617 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8618 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8619 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8620 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8621 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8622 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8623 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8624 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8625 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8626 { 8627 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8628 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8629 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8630 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8631 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8632 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8633 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8634 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8635 } 8636 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8637 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8638 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8639 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8640 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8641 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8642 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8643 } 8644 } 8645 } 8646 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8647 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8648 } 8649 8650 free_screenlines(); 8651 8652 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8653 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8654 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8655 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8656 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8657 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8658 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8659 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8660 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8661 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8662 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8663 popup_mask = new_popup_mask; 8664 vim_memset(popup_mask, 0, Rows * Columns * sizeof(short)); 8665 popup_mask_next = new_popup_mask_next; 8666 popup_transparent = new_popup_transparent; 8667 vim_memset(popup_transparent, 0, Rows * Columns * sizeof(char)); 8668 popup_mask_refresh = TRUE; 8669 #endif 8670 8671 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8672 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8673 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8674 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8675 #endif 8676 screen_Rows = Rows; 8677 screen_Columns = Columns; 8678 8679 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8680 if (doclear) 8681 screenclear2(); 8682 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8683 else if (gui.in_use 8684 && !gui.starting 8685 && ScreenLines != NULL 8686 && old_Rows != Rows) 8687 { 8688 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8689 /* 8690 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8691 * command. 8692 */ 8693 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8694 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8695 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8696 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8697 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8698 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8699 } 8700 #endif 8701 clear_TabPageIdxs(); 8702 8703 entered = FALSE; 8704 --RedrawingDisabled; 8705 8706 /* 8707 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 8708 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 8709 */ 8710 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 8711 { 8712 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8713 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 8714 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 8715 goto retry; 8716 } 8717 } 8718 8719 void 8720 free_screenlines(void) 8721 { 8722 int i; 8723 8724 VIM_CLEAR(ScreenLinesUC); 8725 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 8726 VIM_CLEAR(ScreenLinesC[i]); 8727 VIM_CLEAR(ScreenLines2); 8728 VIM_CLEAR(ScreenLines); 8729 VIM_CLEAR(ScreenAttrs); 8730 VIM_CLEAR(LineOffset); 8731 VIM_CLEAR(LineWraps); 8732 VIM_CLEAR(TabPageIdxs); 8733 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8734 VIM_CLEAR(popup_mask); 8735 VIM_CLEAR(popup_mask_next); 8736 VIM_CLEAR(popup_transparent); 8737 #endif 8738 } 8739 8740 void 8741 screenclear(void) 8742 { 8743 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8744 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8745 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 8746 } 8747 8748 static void 8749 screenclear2(void) 8750 { 8751 int i; 8752 8753 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 8754 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8755 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 8756 #endif 8757 ) 8758 return; 8759 8760 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8761 if (!gui.in_use) 8762 #endif 8763 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 8764 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 8765 8766 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8767 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 8768 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 8769 #endif 8770 8771 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 8772 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8773 { 8774 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns, 0); 8775 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 8776 } 8777 8778 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 8779 { 8780 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 8781 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8782 mode_displayed = FALSE; 8783 } 8784 else 8785 { 8786 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 8787 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8788 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8789 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 8790 } 8791 8792 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 8793 8794 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 8795 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8796 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 8797 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 8798 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 8799 compute_cmdrow(); 8800 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 8801 msg_col = 0; 8802 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8803 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 8804 msg_didany = FALSE; 8805 msg_didout = FALSE; 8806 } 8807 8808 /* 8809 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 8810 */ 8811 static void 8812 lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr) 8813 { 8814 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8815 if (enc_utf8) 8816 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 8817 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8818 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, attr, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8819 } 8820 8821 /* 8822 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 8823 * invalid value. 8824 */ 8825 static void 8826 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 8827 { 8828 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8829 } 8830 8831 /* 8832 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 8833 */ 8834 static void 8835 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 8836 { 8837 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 8838 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 8839 8840 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 8841 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8842 if (enc_utf8) 8843 { 8844 int i; 8845 8846 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 8847 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8848 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8849 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 8850 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8851 } 8852 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8853 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 8854 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8855 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 8856 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8857 } 8858 8859 /* 8860 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 8861 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 8862 * Don't clear to end-of-line when there are popups, it may cause flicker. 8863 */ 8864 int 8865 can_clear(char_u *p) 8866 { 8867 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 8868 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8869 || gui.in_use 8870 #endif 8871 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8872 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 8873 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 8874 #else 8875 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 8876 #endif 8877 || *T_UT != NUL) 8878 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 8879 && !(p == T_CE && popup_visible) 8880 #endif 8881 ); 8882 } 8883 8884 /* 8885 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 8886 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 8887 * code. 8888 */ 8889 void 8890 screen_start(void) 8891 { 8892 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 8893 } 8894 8895 /* 8896 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 8897 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 8898 * characters sent to the terminal. 8899 */ 8900 void 8901 windgoto(int row, int col) 8902 { 8903 sattr_T *p; 8904 int i; 8905 int plan; 8906 int cost; 8907 int wouldbe_col; 8908 int noinvcurs; 8909 char_u *bs; 8910 int goto_cost; 8911 int attr; 8912 8913 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 8914 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 8915 8916 #define PLAN_LE 1 8917 #define PLAN_CR 2 8918 #define PLAN_NL 3 8919 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 8920 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8921 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8922 return; 8923 8924 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 8925 { 8926 /* Check for valid position. */ 8927 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 8928 row = 0; 8929 if (row >= screen_Rows) 8930 row = screen_Rows - 1; 8931 if (col >= screen_Columns) 8932 col = screen_Columns - 1; 8933 8934 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 8935 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 8936 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 8937 else 8938 noinvcurs = 0; 8939 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 8940 8941 /* 8942 * Plan how to do the positioning: 8943 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 8944 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 8945 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 8946 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 8947 * 8948 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 8949 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 8950 * 8951 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 8952 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 8953 */ 8954 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 8955 { 8956 /* 8957 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 8958 * or T_LE. 8959 */ 8960 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 8961 attr = screen_attr; 8962 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 8963 { 8964 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 8965 if (*T_LE) 8966 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 8967 else 8968 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 8969 if (*bs) 8970 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 8971 else 8972 cost = 999; 8973 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 8974 { 8975 plan = PLAN_CR; 8976 wouldbe_col = 0; 8977 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 8978 } 8979 else 8980 { 8981 plan = PLAN_LE; 8982 wouldbe_col = col; 8983 } 8984 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 8985 { 8986 cost += noinvcurs; 8987 attr = 0; 8988 } 8989 } 8990 8991 /* 8992 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 8993 */ 8994 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 8995 { 8996 plan = PLAN_NL; 8997 wouldbe_col = 0; 8998 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 8999 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9000 { 9001 cost += noinvcurs; 9002 attr = 0; 9003 } 9004 } 9005 9006 /* 9007 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9008 */ 9009 else 9010 { 9011 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9012 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9013 cost = 0; 9014 } 9015 9016 /* 9017 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9018 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9019 */ 9020 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9021 if (i > 0) 9022 cost += i; 9023 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9024 { 9025 /* 9026 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9027 * stopping highlighting. 9028 */ 9029 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9030 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9031 --i; 9032 if (i != 0) 9033 { 9034 /* 9035 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9036 */ 9037 if (*--p == 0) 9038 { 9039 cost += noinvcurs; 9040 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9041 --i; 9042 } 9043 if (i != 0) 9044 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9045 } 9046 if (enc_utf8) 9047 { 9048 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9049 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9050 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9051 { 9052 cost = 999; 9053 break; 9054 } 9055 } 9056 } 9057 9058 /* 9059 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9060 */ 9061 if (cost < goto_cost) 9062 { 9063 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9064 { 9065 if (noinvcurs) 9066 screen_stop_highlight(); 9067 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9068 { 9069 out_str(bs); 9070 --screen_cur_col; 9071 } 9072 } 9073 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9074 { 9075 if (noinvcurs) 9076 screen_stop_highlight(); 9077 out_char('\r'); 9078 screen_cur_col = 0; 9079 } 9080 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9081 { 9082 if (noinvcurs) 9083 screen_stop_highlight(); 9084 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9085 { 9086 out_char('\n'); 9087 ++screen_cur_row; 9088 } 9089 screen_cur_col = 0; 9090 } 9091 9092 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9093 if (i > 0) 9094 { 9095 /* 9096 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9097 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9098 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9099 */ 9100 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9101 { 9102 while (i-- > 0) 9103 out_char(*T_ND); 9104 } 9105 else 9106 { 9107 int off; 9108 9109 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9110 while (i-- > 0) 9111 { 9112 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9113 screen_stop_highlight(); 9114 out_flush_check(); 9115 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9116 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9117 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9118 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9119 ++off; 9120 } 9121 } 9122 } 9123 } 9124 } 9125 else 9126 cost = 999; 9127 9128 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9129 { 9130 if (noinvcurs) 9131 screen_stop_highlight(); 9132 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9133 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9134 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9135 else 9136 term_windgoto(row, col); 9137 } 9138 screen_cur_row = row; 9139 screen_cur_col = col; 9140 } 9141 } 9142 9143 /* 9144 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9145 */ 9146 void 9147 setcursor(void) 9148 { 9149 setcursor_mayforce(FALSE); 9150 } 9151 9152 /* 9153 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9154 * When "force" is TRUE also when not redrawing. 9155 */ 9156 void 9157 setcursor_mayforce(int force) 9158 { 9159 if (force || redrawing()) 9160 { 9161 validate_cursor(); 9162 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9163 curwin->w_wincol + ( 9164 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9165 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9166 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9167 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)curwin->w_width - curwin->w_wcol 9168 - ((has_mbyte 9169 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9170 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 1)) : 9171 #endif 9172 curwin->w_wcol)); 9173 } 9174 } 9175 9176 9177 /* 9178 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9179 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9180 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9181 * scrolling. 9182 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9183 */ 9184 int 9185 win_ins_lines( 9186 win_T *wp, 9187 int row, 9188 int line_count, 9189 int invalid, 9190 int mayclear) 9191 { 9192 int did_delete; 9193 int nextrow; 9194 int lastrow; 9195 int retval; 9196 9197 if (invalid) 9198 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9199 9200 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9201 return FAIL; 9202 9203 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9204 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9205 9206 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE, 0); 9207 if (retval != MAYBE) 9208 return retval; 9209 9210 /* 9211 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9212 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9213 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to 9214 * avoid messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9215 */ 9216 did_delete = FALSE; 9217 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9218 { 9219 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9220 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, 0, NULL) == OK) 9221 did_delete = TRUE; 9222 else if (wp->w_next) 9223 return FAIL; 9224 } 9225 /* 9226 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9227 */ 9228 if (!did_delete) 9229 { 9230 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9231 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9232 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; 9233 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9234 if (lastrow > Rows) 9235 lastrow = Rows; 9236 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9237 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9238 ' ', ' ', 0); 9239 } 9240 9241 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 9242 == FAIL) 9243 { 9244 // deletion will have messed up other windows 9245 if (did_delete) 9246 { 9247 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9248 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9249 } 9250 return FAIL; 9251 } 9252 9253 return OK; 9254 } 9255 9256 /* 9257 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9258 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9259 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9260 * scrolling 9261 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9262 */ 9263 int 9264 win_del_lines( 9265 win_T *wp, 9266 int row, 9267 int line_count, 9268 int invalid, 9269 int mayclear, 9270 int clear_attr) /* for clearing lines */ 9271 { 9272 int retval; 9273 9274 if (invalid) 9275 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9276 9277 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9278 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9279 9280 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE, clear_attr); 9281 if (retval != MAYBE) 9282 return retval; 9283 9284 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9285 (int)Rows, FALSE, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9286 return FAIL; 9287 9288 /* 9289 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9290 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9291 */ 9292 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9293 { 9294 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9295 line_count, (int)Rows, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9296 { 9297 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9298 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9299 } 9300 } 9301 /* 9302 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9303 * command line later. 9304 */ 9305 else 9306 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9307 return OK; 9308 } 9309 9310 /* 9311 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9312 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9313 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9314 */ 9315 static int 9316 win_do_lines( 9317 win_T *wp, 9318 int row, 9319 int line_count, 9320 int mayclear, 9321 int del, 9322 int clear_attr) 9323 { 9324 int retval; 9325 9326 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9327 return FAIL; 9328 9329 // When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9330 // the lines. 9331 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9332 return FAIL; 9333 9334 // only a few lines left: redraw is faster 9335 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 && wp->w_width == Columns) 9336 { 9337 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9338 screenclear(); // will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 9339 return FAIL; 9340 } 9341 9342 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 9343 // this doesn't work when there are popups visible 9344 if (popup_visible) 9345 return FAIL; 9346 #endif 9347 9348 // Delete all remaining lines 9349 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9350 { 9351 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9352 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9353 ' ', ' ', 0); 9354 return OK; 9355 } 9356 9357 /* 9358 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9359 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9360 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9361 */ 9362 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9363 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9364 9365 /* 9366 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9367 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9368 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9369 * win_line(). 9370 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9371 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9372 * scroll-up . 9373 */ 9374 if (scroll_region || wp->w_width != Columns) 9375 { 9376 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9377 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9378 if (del) 9379 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9380 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, clear_attr, wp); 9381 else 9382 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9383 wp->w_height - row, clear_attr, wp); 9384 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9385 scroll_region_reset(); 9386 return retval; 9387 } 9388 9389 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9390 return FAIL; 9391 9392 return MAYBE; 9393 } 9394 9395 /* 9396 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9397 */ 9398 static void 9399 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9400 { 9401 while (wp != NULL) 9402 { 9403 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9404 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9405 wp = wp->w_next; 9406 } 9407 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9408 } 9409 9410 /* 9411 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9412 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9413 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9414 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9415 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9416 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9417 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9418 */ 9419 9420 /* 9421 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9422 */ 9423 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9424 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9425 #define USE_T_AL 3 9426 #define USE_T_CE 4 9427 #define USE_T_DL 5 9428 #define USE_T_SR 6 9429 #define USE_NL 7 9430 #define USE_T_CD 8 9431 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9432 9433 /* 9434 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9435 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9436 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9437 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9438 * 9439 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9440 */ 9441 int 9442 screen_ins_lines( 9443 int off, 9444 int row, 9445 int line_count, 9446 int end, 9447 int clear_attr, 9448 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9449 { 9450 int i; 9451 int j; 9452 unsigned temp; 9453 int cursor_row; 9454 int cursor_col = 0; 9455 int type; 9456 int result_empty; 9457 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9458 9459 /* 9460 * FAIL if 9461 * - there is no valid screen 9462 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9463 * - the line count is less than one 9464 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9465 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9466 * - there is a popup window 9467 */ 9468 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) 9469 || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9470 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9471 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9472 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9473 #endif 9474 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 9475 || popup_visible 9476 #endif 9477 ) 9478 return FAIL; 9479 9480 /* 9481 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9482 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9483 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9484 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9485 * the insert is just empty lines 9486 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9487 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9488 * at once. 9489 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9490 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9491 * 1. 9492 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9493 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9494 * just empty lines. 9495 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9496 * just empty lines. 9497 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9498 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9499 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9500 * 9501 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9502 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9503 * exists. 9504 */ 9505 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9506 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9507 type = USE_REDRAW; 9508 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9509 type = USE_T_CD; 9510 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9511 type = USE_T_CAL; 9512 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9513 type = USE_T_CDL; 9514 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9515 type = USE_T_AL; 9516 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9517 type = USE_T_CE; 9518 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9519 type = USE_T_DL; 9520 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9521 type = USE_T_SR; 9522 else 9523 return FAIL; 9524 9525 /* 9526 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9527 * care of t_db if necessary. 9528 */ 9529 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9530 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9531 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9532 9533 /* 9534 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9535 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9536 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9537 */ 9538 if (*T_DB) 9539 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9540 9541 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9542 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9543 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9544 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 9545 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9546 else 9547 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9548 #endif 9549 9550 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9551 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9552 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9553 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9554 #endif 9555 9556 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 9557 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 9558 9559 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9560 cursor_row = row; 9561 else 9562 cursor_row = row + off; 9563 9564 /* 9565 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9566 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9567 */ 9568 row += off; 9569 end += off; 9570 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9571 { 9572 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9573 { 9574 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9575 j = end - 1 - i; 9576 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9577 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9578 j += line_count; 9579 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9580 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 9581 clear_attr); 9582 else 9583 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9584 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9585 } 9586 else 9587 { 9588 j = end - 1 - i; 9589 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9590 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9591 { 9592 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9593 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9594 } 9595 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9596 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9597 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9598 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 9599 else 9600 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9601 } 9602 } 9603 9604 screen_stop_highlight(); 9605 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9606 if (clear_attr != 0) 9607 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 9608 9609 /* redraw the characters */ 9610 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9611 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9612 else if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9613 { 9614 term_append_lines(line_count); 9615 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9616 } 9617 else 9618 { 9619 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9620 { 9621 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9622 { 9623 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9624 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9625 out_str(T_AL); 9626 } 9627 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9628 out_str(T_SR); 9629 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9630 } 9631 } 9632 9633 /* 9634 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9635 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9636 */ 9637 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9638 { 9639 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9640 { 9641 windgoto(off + i, cursor_col); 9642 out_str(T_CE); 9643 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9644 } 9645 } 9646 9647 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9648 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9649 if (gui.in_use) 9650 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9651 #endif 9652 return OK; 9653 } 9654 9655 /* 9656 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9657 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9658 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9659 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9660 * 9661 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9662 */ 9663 int 9664 screen_del_lines( 9665 int off, 9666 int row, 9667 int line_count, 9668 int end, 9669 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9670 int clear_attr, /* used for clearing lines */ 9671 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9672 { 9673 int j; 9674 int i; 9675 unsigned temp; 9676 int cursor_row; 9677 int cursor_col = 0; 9678 int cursor_end; 9679 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9680 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9681 int type; 9682 9683 /* 9684 * FAIL if 9685 * - there is no valid screen 9686 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9687 * - the line count is less than one 9688 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9689 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9690 */ 9691 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 9692 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9693 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9694 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9695 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9696 #endif 9697 ) 9698 return FAIL; 9699 9700 /* 9701 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9702 */ 9703 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9704 9705 /* 9706 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9707 * available. 9708 */ 9709 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9710 9711 /* 9712 * There are six ways to delete lines: 9713 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9714 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9715 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 9716 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 9717 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 9718 * none of the other ways work. 9719 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 9720 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 9721 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9722 */ 9723 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9724 type = USE_REDRAW; 9725 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9726 type = USE_T_CD; 9727 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 9728 /* 9729 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 9730 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 9731 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 9732 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 9733 * the trick... 9734 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 9735 * (Olaf Seibert) 9736 */ 9737 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 9738 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 9739 #else 9740 else if (row == 0 && ( 9741 #ifndef AMIGA 9742 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 9743 * up, so use delete-line command */ 9744 line_count == 1 || 9745 #endif 9746 *T_CDL == NUL)) 9747 #endif 9748 type = USE_NL; 9749 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 9750 type = USE_T_CDL; 9751 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 9752 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)) 9753 type = USE_T_CE; 9754 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 9755 type = USE_T_DL; 9756 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 9757 type = USE_T_CDL; 9758 else 9759 return FAIL; 9760 9761 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9762 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 9763 * not the full width of the screen. */ 9764 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 9765 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9766 else 9767 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 9768 #endif 9769 9770 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9771 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9772 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9773 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 9774 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 9775 #endif 9776 9777 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 9778 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 9779 9780 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9781 { 9782 cursor_row = row; 9783 cursor_end = end; 9784 } 9785 else 9786 { 9787 cursor_row = row + off; 9788 cursor_end = end + off; 9789 } 9790 9791 /* 9792 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 9793 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9794 */ 9795 row += off; 9796 end += off; 9797 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9798 { 9799 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9800 { 9801 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9802 j = row + i; 9803 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9804 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 9805 j -= line_count; 9806 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9807 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 9808 clear_attr); 9809 else 9810 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9811 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9812 } 9813 else 9814 { 9815 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 9816 j = row + i; 9817 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9818 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9819 { 9820 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9821 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9822 } 9823 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 9824 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 9825 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9826 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 9827 else 9828 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9829 } 9830 } 9831 9832 if (screen_attr != clear_attr) 9833 screen_stop_highlight(); 9834 if (clear_attr != 0) 9835 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 9836 9837 /* redraw the characters */ 9838 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9839 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9840 else if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 9841 { 9842 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9843 out_str(T_CD); 9844 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9845 } 9846 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 9847 { 9848 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9849 term_delete_lines(line_count); 9850 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9851 } 9852 /* 9853 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 9854 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 9855 * last line. 9856 */ 9857 else if (type == USE_NL) 9858 { 9859 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, cursor_col); 9860 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9861 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 9862 } 9863 else 9864 { 9865 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9866 { 9867 if (type == USE_T_DL) 9868 { 9869 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9870 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 9871 } 9872 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 9873 { 9874 windgoto(cursor_row + i, cursor_col); 9875 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9876 } 9877 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9878 } 9879 } 9880 9881 /* 9882 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 9883 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 9884 */ 9885 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 9886 { 9887 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 9888 { 9889 windgoto(cursor_end - i, cursor_col); 9890 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9891 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9892 } 9893 } 9894 9895 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9896 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9897 if (gui.in_use) 9898 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9899 #endif 9900 9901 return OK; 9902 } 9903 9904 /* 9905 * Return TRUE when postponing displaying the mode message: when not redrawing 9906 * or inside a mapping. 9907 */ 9908 int 9909 skip_showmode() 9910 { 9911 // Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because it 9912 // takes a bit of time. redrawing() may also call char_avail_avail(). 9913 if (global_busy 9914 || msg_silent != 0 9915 || !redrawing() 9916 || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 9917 { 9918 redraw_mode = TRUE; // show mode later 9919 return TRUE; 9920 } 9921 return FALSE; 9922 } 9923 9924 /* 9925 * Show the current mode and ruler. 9926 * 9927 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 9928 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 9929 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 9930 * If redraw_mode is TRUE show or clear the mode. 9931 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 9932 */ 9933 int 9934 showmode(void) 9935 { 9936 int need_clear; 9937 int length = 0; 9938 int do_mode; 9939 int attr; 9940 int nwr_save; 9941 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9942 int sub_attr; 9943 #endif 9944 9945 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 9946 && ((State & INSERT) 9947 || restart_edit != NUL 9948 || VIsual_active)); 9949 if (do_mode || reg_recording != 0) 9950 { 9951 if (skip_showmode()) 9952 return 0; // show mode later 9953 9954 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 9955 9956 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 9957 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9958 9959 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 9960 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 9961 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9962 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 9963 9964 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 9965 msg_pos_mode(); 9966 cursor_off(); 9967 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 9968 if (do_mode) 9969 { 9970 msg_puts_attr("--", attr); 9971 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 9972 if ( 9973 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 9974 preedit_get_status() 9975 # else 9976 im_get_status() 9977 # endif 9978 ) 9979 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 9980 msg_puts_attr(" IM", attr); 9981 # else 9982 msg_puts_attr(" XIM", attr); 9983 # endif 9984 #endif 9985 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 9986 if (gui.in_use) 9987 { 9988 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 9989 { 9990 /* HANGUL */ 9991 if (enc_utf8) 9992 msg_puts_attr(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 9993 else 9994 msg_puts_attr(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 9995 } 9996 } 9997 #endif 9998 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9999 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10000 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10001 { 10002 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10003 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10004 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10005 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10006 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10007 if (length > 0) 10008 { 10009 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10010 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10011 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10012 { 10013 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10014 msg_puts_attr((char *)edit_submode_pre, attr); 10015 msg_puts_attr((char *)edit_submode, attr); 10016 } 10017 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10018 { 10019 msg_puts_attr(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10020 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10021 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10022 else 10023 sub_attr = attr; 10024 msg_puts_attr((char *)edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10025 } 10026 } 10027 } 10028 else 10029 #endif 10030 { 10031 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10032 msg_puts_attr(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10033 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10034 msg_puts_attr(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10035 else if (State & INSERT) 10036 { 10037 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10038 if (p_ri) 10039 msg_puts_attr(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10040 #endif 10041 msg_puts_attr(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10042 } 10043 else if (restart_edit == 'I' || restart_edit == 'A') 10044 msg_puts_attr(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10045 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10046 msg_puts_attr(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10047 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10048 msg_puts_attr(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10049 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10050 if (p_hkmap) 10051 msg_puts_attr(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10052 #endif 10053 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10054 if (State & LANGMAP) 10055 { 10056 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10057 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10058 msg_puts_attr(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10059 else 10060 # endif 10061 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10062 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10063 msg_puts_attr((char *)NameBuff, attr); 10064 } 10065 #endif 10066 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10067 msg_puts_attr(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10068 10069 if (VIsual_active) 10070 { 10071 char *p; 10072 10073 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10074 * problems. */ 10075 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10076 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10077 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10078 { 10079 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10080 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10081 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10082 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10083 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10084 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10085 } 10086 msg_puts_attr(_(p), attr); 10087 } 10088 msg_puts_attr(" --", attr); 10089 } 10090 10091 need_clear = TRUE; 10092 } 10093 if (reg_recording != 0 10094 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10095 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10096 #endif 10097 ) 10098 { 10099 recording_mode(attr); 10100 need_clear = TRUE; 10101 } 10102 10103 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10104 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline || redraw_mode) 10105 msg_clr_eos(); 10106 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10107 length = msg_col; 10108 msg_col = 0; 10109 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10110 } 10111 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10112 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10113 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10114 else if (redraw_mode) 10115 { 10116 msg_pos_mode(); 10117 msg_clr_eos(); 10118 } 10119 10120 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10121 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10122 if (VIsual_active) 10123 clear_showcmd(); 10124 10125 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10126 * message and must be redrawn */ 10127 if (redrawing() && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10128 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE, FALSE); 10129 #endif 10130 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10131 redraw_mode = FALSE; 10132 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10133 10134 return length; 10135 } 10136 10137 /* 10138 * Position for a mode message. 10139 */ 10140 static void 10141 msg_pos_mode(void) 10142 { 10143 msg_col = 0; 10144 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10145 } 10146 10147 /* 10148 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10149 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10150 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10151 */ 10152 void 10153 unshowmode(int force) 10154 { 10155 /* 10156 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10157 */ 10158 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10159 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10160 else 10161 clearmode(); 10162 } 10163 10164 /* 10165 * Clear the mode message. 10166 */ 10167 void 10168 clearmode(void) 10169 { 10170 int save_msg_row = msg_row; 10171 int save_msg_col = msg_col; 10172 10173 msg_pos_mode(); 10174 if (reg_recording != 0) 10175 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10176 msg_clr_eos(); 10177 10178 msg_col = save_msg_col; 10179 msg_row = save_msg_row; 10180 } 10181 10182 static void 10183 recording_mode(int attr) 10184 { 10185 msg_puts_attr(_("recording"), attr); 10186 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10187 { 10188 char s[4]; 10189 10190 sprintf(s, " @%c", reg_recording); 10191 msg_puts_attr(s, attr); 10192 } 10193 } 10194 10195 /* 10196 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10197 */ 10198 void 10199 draw_tabline(void) 10200 { 10201 int tabcount = 0; 10202 tabpage_T *tp; 10203 int tabwidth; 10204 int col = 0; 10205 int scol = 0; 10206 int attr; 10207 win_T *wp; 10208 win_T *cwp; 10209 int wincount; 10210 int modified; 10211 int c; 10212 int len; 10213 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10214 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10215 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10216 char_u *p; 10217 int room; 10218 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10220 && !gui.in_use 10221 #endif 10222 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10223 && !p_tgc 10224 #endif 10225 ); 10226 10227 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10228 return; 10229 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10230 10231 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10232 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10233 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10234 { 10235 gui_update_tabline(); 10236 return; 10237 } 10238 #endif 10239 10240 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10241 return; 10242 10243 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10244 clear_TabPageIdxs(); 10245 10246 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10247 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10248 { 10249 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10250 10251 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10252 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10253 did_emsg = FALSE; 10254 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10255 if (did_emsg) 10256 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10257 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10258 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10259 } 10260 else 10261 #endif 10262 { 10263 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10264 ++tabcount; 10265 10266 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10267 if (tabwidth < 6) 10268 tabwidth = 6; 10269 10270 attr = attr_nosel; 10271 tabcount = 0; 10272 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10273 tp = tp->tp_next) 10274 { 10275 scol = col; 10276 10277 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10278 attr = attr_sel; 10279 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10280 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10281 10282 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10283 attr = attr_nosel; 10284 10285 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10286 10287 if (tp == curtab) 10288 { 10289 cwp = curwin; 10290 wp = firstwin; 10291 } 10292 else 10293 { 10294 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10295 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10296 } 10297 10298 modified = FALSE; 10299 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10300 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10301 modified = TRUE; 10302 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10303 { 10304 if (wincount > 1) 10305 { 10306 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10307 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10308 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10309 break; 10310 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10311 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10312 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10313 #else 10314 attr 10315 #endif 10316 ); 10317 col += len; 10318 } 10319 if (modified) 10320 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10321 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10322 } 10323 10324 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10325 if (room > 0) 10326 { 10327 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10328 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10329 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10330 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10331 p = NameBuff; 10332 if (has_mbyte) 10333 while (len > room) 10334 { 10335 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10336 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10337 } 10338 else if (len > room) 10339 { 10340 p += len - room; 10341 len = room; 10342 } 10343 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10344 len = Columns - col - 1; 10345 10346 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10347 col += len; 10348 } 10349 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10350 10351 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10352 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10353 ++tabcount; 10354 while (scol < col) 10355 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10356 } 10357 10358 if (use_sep_chars) 10359 c = '_'; 10360 else 10361 c = ' '; 10362 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10363 10364 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10365 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10366 { 10367 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10368 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10369 } 10370 } 10371 10372 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10373 * set. */ 10374 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10375 } 10376 10377 /* 10378 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10379 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10380 */ 10381 void 10382 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10383 { 10384 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10385 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10386 else 10387 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10388 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10389 } 10390 10391 /* 10392 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10393 */ 10394 static int 10395 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10396 { 10397 int fill; 10398 10399 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10400 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10401 { 10402 if (wp == curwin) 10403 { 10404 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10405 fill = fill_stl; 10406 } 10407 else 10408 { 10409 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_STNC); 10410 fill = fill_stlnc; 10411 } 10412 } 10413 else 10414 #endif 10415 if (wp == curwin) 10416 { 10417 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10418 fill = fill_stl; 10419 } 10420 else 10421 { 10422 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10423 fill = fill_stlnc; 10424 } 10425 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10426 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10427 * current window */ 10428 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10429 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10430 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10431 return fill; 10432 if (wp == curwin) 10433 return '^'; 10434 return '='; 10435 } 10436 10437 /* 10438 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10439 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10440 */ 10441 static int 10442 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10443 { 10444 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10445 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10446 return '|'; 10447 else 10448 return fill_vert; 10449 } 10450 10451 /* 10452 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10453 */ 10454 int 10455 redrawing(void) 10456 { 10457 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10458 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10459 return 0; 10460 else 10461 #endif 10462 return ((!RedrawingDisabled 10463 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10464 || ignore_redraw_flag_for_testing 10465 #endif 10466 ) && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10467 } 10468 10469 /* 10470 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10471 */ 10472 int 10473 messaging(void) 10474 { 10475 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10476 } 10477 10478 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 10479 /* 10480 * Draw the window toolbar. 10481 */ 10482 static void 10483 redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp) 10484 { 10485 vimmenu_T *menu; 10486 int item_idx = 0; 10487 int item_count = 0; 10488 int col = 0; 10489 int next_col; 10490 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 10491 int fill_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarLine"); 10492 int button_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarButton"); 10493 10494 vim_free(wp->w_winbar_items); 10495 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next) 10496 ++item_count; 10497 wp->w_winbar_items = ALLOC_CLEAR_MULT(winbar_item_T, item_count + 1); 10498 10499 /* TODO: use fewer spaces if there is not enough room */ 10500 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; 10501 menu != NULL && col < wp->w_width; menu = menu->next) 10502 { 10503 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10504 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10505 break; 10506 if (col > 1) 10507 { 10508 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10509 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10510 break; 10511 } 10512 10513 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_startcol = col; 10514 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10515 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10516 break; 10517 10518 next_col = text_to_screenline(wp, menu->name, col); 10519 while (col < next_col) 10520 { 10521 ScreenAttrs[off + col] = button_attr; 10522 ++col; 10523 } 10524 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_endcol = col; 10525 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = menu; 10526 ++item_idx; 10527 10528 if (col >= wp->w_width) 10529 break; 10530 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10531 ++col; 10532 } 10533 while (col < wp->w_width) 10534 { 10535 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10536 ++col; 10537 } 10538 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = NULL; /* end marker */ 10539 10540 screen_line(wp->w_winrow, wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 10541 (int)wp->w_width, 0); 10542 } 10543 #endif 10544 10545 /* 10546 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10547 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10548 */ 10549 void 10550 showruler(int always) 10551 { 10552 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10553 return; 10554 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10555 if (pum_visible()) 10556 { 10557 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10558 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10559 return; 10560 } 10561 #endif 10562 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10563 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10564 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10565 else 10566 #endif 10567 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10568 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always, FALSE); 10569 #endif 10570 10571 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10572 if (need_maketitle 10573 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10574 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10575 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10576 # endif 10577 ) 10578 maketitle(); 10579 #endif 10580 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10581 if (redraw_tabline) 10582 draw_tabline(); 10583 } 10584 10585 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10586 static void 10587 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum) 10588 { 10589 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10590 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10591 int row; 10592 int fillchar; 10593 int attr; 10594 int empty_line = FALSE; 10595 colnr_T virtcol; 10596 int i; 10597 size_t len; 10598 int o; 10599 int this_ru_col; 10600 int off = 0; 10601 int width; 10602 10603 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10604 if (!p_ru) 10605 return; 10606 10607 /* 10608 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10609 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10610 */ 10611 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10612 return; 10613 10614 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10615 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10616 * the (long) mode message. */ 10617 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10618 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10619 return; 10620 // Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. 10621 // Except when the popup menu will be redrawn anyway. 10622 if (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 10623 return; 10624 #endif 10625 10626 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10627 if (*p_ruf) 10628 { 10629 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10630 10631 called_emsg = FALSE; 10632 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10633 if (called_emsg) 10634 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10635 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10636 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10637 return; 10638 } 10639 #endif 10640 10641 /* 10642 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10643 */ 10644 if (!(State & INSERT) 10645 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10646 empty_line = TRUE; 10647 10648 /* 10649 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10650 */ 10651 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10652 if ( redraw_cmdline 10653 || always 10654 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10655 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10656 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10657 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10658 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10659 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10661 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10662 #endif 10663 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10664 { 10665 cursor_off(); 10666 if (wp->w_status_height) 10667 { 10668 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10669 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 10670 off = wp->w_wincol; 10671 width = wp->w_width; 10672 } 10673 else 10674 { 10675 row = Rows - 1; 10676 fillchar = ' '; 10677 attr = 0; 10678 width = Columns; 10679 off = 0; 10680 } 10681 10682 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10683 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10684 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10685 { 10686 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10687 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10688 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10689 } 10690 10691 /* 10692 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10693 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10694 */ 10695 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10696 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10697 ? 0L 10698 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10699 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10700 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10701 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10702 (int)virtcol + 1); 10703 10704 /* 10705 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10706 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10707 * screen up on some terminals). 10708 */ 10709 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10710 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10711 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10712 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10713 ++o; 10714 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10715 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10716 this_ru_col = 0; 10717 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10718 * half for the filename. */ 10719 if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) 10720 this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2; 10721 if (this_ru_col + o < width) 10722 { 10723 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10724 while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10725 { 10726 if (has_mbyte) 10727 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 10728 else 10729 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 10730 ++o; 10731 } 10732 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 10733 } 10734 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 10735 if (has_mbyte) 10736 { 10737 o = 0; 10738 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 10739 { 10740 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 10741 if (this_ru_col + o > width) 10742 { 10743 buffer[i] = NUL; 10744 break; 10745 } 10746 } 10747 } 10748 else if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > width) 10749 buffer[width - this_ru_col] = NUL; 10750 10751 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr); 10752 i = redraw_cmdline; 10753 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 10754 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 10755 (int)(off + width), 10756 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 10757 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 10758 redraw_cmdline = i; 10759 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 10760 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10761 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 10762 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 10763 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10764 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10765 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 10766 #endif 10767 } 10768 } 10769 #endif 10770 10771 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 10772 /* 10773 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 10774 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 10775 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 10776 */ 10777 int 10778 number_width(win_T *wp) 10779 { 10780 int n; 10781 linenr_T lnum; 10782 10783 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 10784 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 10785 lnum = wp->w_height; 10786 else 10787 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 10788 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10789 10790 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 10791 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 10792 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 10793 10794 n = 0; 10795 do 10796 { 10797 lnum /= 10; 10798 ++n; 10799 } while (lnum > 0); 10800 10801 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 10802 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 10803 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 10804 10805 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 10806 // If 'signcolumn' is set to 'number' and there is a sign to display, then 10807 // the minimal width for the number column is 2. 10808 if (n < 2 && (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL) 10809 && (*wp->w_p_scl == 'n' && *(wp->w_p_scl + 1) == 'u')) 10810 n = 2; 10811 # endif 10812 10813 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 10814 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 10815 return n; 10816 } 10817 #endif 10818 10819 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 10820 /* 10821 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 10822 * screen. First column is 0. 10823 */ 10824 int 10825 screen_screencol(void) 10826 { 10827 return screen_cur_col; 10828 } 10829 10830 /* 10831 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 10832 * First row is 0. 10833 */ 10834 int 10835 screen_screenrow(void) 10836 { 10837 return screen_cur_row; 10838 } 10839 #endif 10840